Se aetna. 3 pF eee Ms ¥ & @0€ESoOo TOE f WTOC 1OHM/18IN Sree iy oF eh ARE G | ee DAL Hm A oy gh | "y Mant hy i) BA ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION, PUBELOCATLONS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA First SERIES PALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 4 1938-1948 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1948 74 /™% ALLAN HANCOCK "FOUNDA ETO PUBELCAT FOS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC (EXPEDITIONS VoLUME 4 1938-1948 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1948 CONTENTS Pe EAC OP a enc ee esta ee Sere re et so coat So snavenn teens secon ates Charles McLean Fraser (1872-1946) ee OUME? 0) Of C2 C0) 0 Wa a Mma MER SBE ip roe oe PAP Bibliographyfok mi Smp ape rs, ese eee cere ate estas ale ee est eee List of Dr. Fraser’s new species in the five following papers and RECOLASHO Luby PCy LOCAL EL CS meee eee ne ere eee 1. Hydroids of the 1934 Allan Hancock Pacific Expedition -......................- 2. Hydroids of the 1936 and 1937 Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions .... 3. Hydroids of the 1932, 1933, 1935, and 1938 Allan Hancock Pacific IES Xop eit OMS eee ca eee ee es 4, Distribution of the hydroids in the collections of the Allan Hancock Expeditions 5. Hydroids of the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions since March, 1938 i-ili 1x-XV 1-106 107-128 129-154 155-178 179-336 337-343 REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALA- PAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, AND IN 1938. HYDROIDS OF THE 1934 ALLAN HANCOCK PACTRIC EXPEDITION By C. McLEAN FRASER THe UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN HANcocK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoLuME 4, NUMBER 1 IssUED AUGUST, 1938 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES, CALIFORNIA HYDROIDS OF THE 1934 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITION (WirH FIFTEEN PLATES) C. McLean FRASER INTRODUCTION An invitation to accompany the 1934 Hancock Expedition on VELERO i, to collect coelenterates, and more especially hydroids, in such an extensive virgin area, was gladly accepted. In the ten weeks’ cruise opportunity was afforded to collect in the Revilla Gigedo Islands, the Galapagos Islands (where three weeks were spent), and the mainland coast from Guayaquil, Ecuador, to San Diego, California. The Gulf of California was not visited. Stops were made in 40 locations and collections were made at 161 stations, 104 of which were dredging stations. In most of the area covered the sea bottom was suitable for coelen- terate growth, although at times it was rough enough to make dredging somewhat difficult. The coast of northern Ecuador and of Colombia, adjacent to the tropical rain forests, provided the main exception. For an undetermined distance off shore here the bottom is covered with such a fine silt or ooze that, in places, it would not trip the bottom sampler. In this area hydroids could be obtained only by dredging in shallow water over the surface of the reefs running out from shore. With the exception of this muddy area, less material in general was obtained from the same amount of effort in the oceanic area than from the mainland coast. This does not necessarily mean that the oceanic fauna is less rich. There have been so few soundings recorded in the oceanic area and there is so little information as to the nature of the bottom that dredging is much of a speculative procedure. The Mexico coast was particularly rich in hydroids. The best catch of the whole expedition was obtained just east of the islands off Navidad Head, at the entrance to Tenacatita Bay, where 44 species were obtained at the one station. As the detailed geography of this region is not, in general, well known, it may be wise to give here a list of the locations where collec- tions were made, to avoid the necessity of giving the details in connec- tion with the distribution of the species. td Z ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 LocaTIONS Revilla Gigedo Islands, 18° to 21° N., 106° to 115° W. Socorro Island In Braithwaite Bay, south shore Clarion Island, off south shore Clipperton Island, 10°17’ N., 109°13’ W. Galapagos Islands, between 2° N. and 2° S. and between 89° and 92° W. Wenman Island, off the northeast coast Narborough Island Lagoons near east coast Strait between Narborough and Albemarle islands Albemarle Island Albemarle Point to the northeast On west coast Banks Bay Reef about three miles north of agus Cove Tagus Cove | Christopher Point | On east coast Cartago Bay James Island James Bay on west coast Sulivan Bay to the northeast, between James and Bartholomew islands North Seymour Island, west coast South Seymour Island, west coast Indefatigable Island Academy Bay, south coast Strait between Indefatigable and Charles islands Charles Island Black Beach, west coast Postofiice Bay, northwest coast Chatham Island Stephens Bay, north coast Hood Island Gardner Bay, northeast coast, between Hood and Gardner islands No. | FRASER: HYDROIDS 3 Ecuador Santa Elena Bay, 80 miles north of the mouth of the Guayas River La Plata Island, 14 miles off the coast San Francisco Bay, near the northern boundary Colombia Gorgona Island, 24 miles off coast Cabita Bay Port Utria Panama Jicaron Island Jicarita Island Between Medidor and Pacora islands Pacora Island Bahia Honda Secas Islands Costa Rica Port Culebra South Viradores Islands Mexico Tangola-Tangola and Santa Cruz bays Petatlan Bay White Friars Islands, at entrance Off Morro de Petatlan Tenacatita Bay Off ‘Tenacatita Point bute East of islands off Navidad Head tite Off Navidad Head Isabel Island, 1734 miles from mainland coast ol West coast of Lower California Santa Maria Bay Vhurloe Point South Bay, Cerros Island As the facilities for dredging were particularly good, as the condi- tions under which the work was done were nearly always favorable, and as all material was sorted the day it was collected, most of the specimens were preserved in very good condition and many were saved that, under less favorable conditions, might have disintegrated past 4 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 recognition. This applies particularly to gymnoblastic species, some of which deteriorate so readily. The excellence and the extent of the col- lection are worthy of comment. In the text, the distribution within the area is given for all species. All new species, as well as all of those in which the gonosome has been observed for the first time, are described and figured. In referring to species already described, notation is made of the original description and in many cases, another reference to a paper in which the descrip- tion, the figure, or the synonymy is given more fully. No attempt has been made to give a complete synonymy. I am indebted to my wife and to Miss Ursula Dale, an Honors student in Zoology in the University of British Columbia, for the draw- ing of the figures used. These figures show the same magnification throughout—20 diameters. To Captain G. Allan Hancock, who financed the expedition and provided the facilities and who, with the Chief Officer, W. Charles Swett, was tireless in doing everything possible in the way of arrange- ment to make the expedition a success, to the other biologists on board, W. L. Schmitt, H. W. Manter, W. R. Taylor, J. Garth, and F. Ziesenhenne, who were always on the lookout for useful material, and to all the other officers and men in the ship’s company, who lost no opportunity to give assistance, I am under great obligation, which I am happy to be able to recognize at this time. DIsTRIBUTION Of the 173 species listed, 73 are described as new, and in 5 other species the gonosome has been observed for the first time. One new genus is introduced. Of the 100 species previously described, 77, 77%, have been re- ported from the North Atlantic; 52, 52%, from the eastern Pacific coast of Canada and the United States; and 13, 13%, from the southern portion of the eastern Pacific and from the waters adjacent to the southern tip of South America. Thirty-seven species have been reported from both the Atlantic and the North Pacific, 40 species from the At- lantic but not from the North Pacific, but only 15 from the North Pacific and not from the Atlantic. Of the 15, 7 were obtained from the oceanic area, two of which were from this area only; 12 were obtained from the coast of Mexico, 8 of these from the west coast of Lower No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 5 California only; and only one from the mainland coast south of south- east Mexico. Of the 13 species that have been reported from South America far- ther south than the area under consideration, 10 are cosmopolitan, one, Plumularia magellanica, was obtained from Black Beach, Charles Is- land, the station nearest to the Humbolt current, and another, Obelia obtusidens, from Santa Elena Bay, the most southerly location at which collections were made. The remaining species, Si/icularia pedunculata, has been previously reported only from South Georgia. Why it should appear near Secas Islands, Panama, is difficult to understand. For the purpose of further studying the intrinsic distribution, the area covered may be somewhat arbitrarily divided into three portions: Division A, to include all the stations near the oceanic islands; Divi- sion B, to include the mainland coast south of Balboa; Division C, to include the mainland coast north and west of Balboa. Seventy-eight species were obtained in Division A, 60 in Division B, and 115 in Division C. Eighteen species were found in each of the three divisions; 2, in A and B only; 22, in A and C only; 21, in B and C only; 35, in A only; 20, in B only; and 55, in C only. The distribution of species in the whole area, with the possible exception of the northern portion of the coast of Lower California, indicates strong affinities between the hydroid fauna here and that in the North Atlantic, more particularly in the West Indian area. There is evidence of some continuity of distribution in the California-Lower California area but practically no indication of such continuity at the southern extremity. The species found in this area and in the West Indian region must be old species, existing as such since the earlier geological period when, in the Panama region, there was no interruption in the distribution from the Atlantic to the Pacific and vice versa. This long period of separa- tion has given the opportunity for the evolution of the great number of new species, indicated by the number described in this paper. In the area itself, the indication is that there is little interference to distribution along the whole length of the mainland coast, or between the oceanic division and the northwestern division of the mainland coast, but close association is lacking between the hydroids of the oceanic area and those of the coast of Ecuador and Colombia. In passing northward along the west coast of Lower California, the most decided break in continuity of distribution in both fauna and 6 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. + flora appears to be in the vicinity of TThurloe Point. There the large kelps, so characteristic of the coasts of the United States and Canada, make their first striking appearance, and other species appear, coinci- dent with these. In the collection, the various families are specifically represented as follows: SPECIES DISTRIBUTION BY FAMILIES Number of Number of Family species obtained new species Clavidae 5 4 Tubidendridae 1 1 Corynidae 8 3 Atractylidae 8 4+ Eudendridae 9 3 Hydractinidae 9 8 Pennaridae 1 —_— Cladocorynidae 1 — Tubularidae 4+ 3 Bonneviellidae 1 1 Campanularidae 39 14 Campanulinidae 4 2 Halecidae 18 7 Hebellidae 3 1 Lafoeidae + 2 Synthecidae + 3 Sertularidae 22 6 Plumularidae 32 11 TOTAL 173 73 As compared with the hydroid fauna of the Pacific coast of Canada and the United States, the percentage of gymnoblastic species is high, both in the complete list and in the list of new species (46 species, 26 new). Among the calyptoblastic families, the percentage of the Sertu- laridae is low, except in the genus Sertularia, and that of the Plumu- laridae is high. There are no representatives of the genera, Selaginopsis and Abietinaria and only two species of Thuiaria, all of which are common in the more northern waters. Except in the Gymnoblastea and in one or two of the smaller families of Calyptoblastea, in which the number of new species is high, there is much the same percentage of new species throughout. —— No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 7 To indicate the distribution of the species in detail a table is given herewith to show the species in each area or division as well as the more general distribution to which reference has been made above. DISTRIBUTION TABLE outh of North of North Species Div. A | Div. B | Div. C | Div. B | Div.C |Atlantic @laway pai yaicctcecneetre eee x Corydendrium flabellatum..... x ebbiclavallaxal-=-ceee ee x Tubiclava triserialis............... De Turritopsis nutricula......... cee x x Ballea’ tnnesulla nis icc --c¢---------02 x Coryne pusillasee x MEpeMsea see eee eee, x Gorynitis: avassizite..-- =. x x Eugemmaria dendritica.......... x Gemmaria costata-...-.-..-..---. x gemmosa................ x Syncoryne flexibilis................. x morna Diss se * x Bimeria \pracilisi 2.2 x x Paxcaie ce ea x PY Lacan ae tenellan << 234. x WeSti taser 2 eee x x Bougainvillia crassa_.............. x Perigonimus repens................. x x x TODUStUS!.----2--+---< x Eudendrium breve................... x capillare............. x Carneum=—-..02-. x x certicaule........... De xi Puum........----- nodosum............- ramosum...........- x x tenellum =... x x tenu e258 ane 5.8 x Hydractinia carolinae............. x disjuncta. x epispongia.......... x hancocki=-2:..--— x longispina.......... x multispina.......... x polycarpas....c-s-.2 quadrigemina.... 8 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 South of \North of | North Species Div. A | Div. B | Div. C | Div. B | Div. C |Atlantic Podocoryne reticulata............. Xe Pennariastiarella=— x os x x x Cladocoryne pelagica.............. x x x abi ulaniays pee ee x Crocean.s star x x x x x integra x x su aaa a | x Bonneviella minot................... x Campanularia emarginata..... x flexuosa........... x microthecas2 24 hincksi 2 2 x x G urceolata......... x x volubilis_....... x: x x x Clytia acutidentata................... x x attenuata.c....-..... = x x carinadentata x coronatas== ed x x cCylingricas =. = x x x De edwardsiee ss xe x a x fascicularise=-s---= x x qnconspicuas-— x x x x IErecularige2 2-22 5.. x JObNStonizes= x x x: x kincaid x x x x longicyatha= =... x x x x longitheca 2.2 x >< multidentatas 2. x Raricentatas =e oe a x x x Serlataes ee aes ee x Eucopellavevertas=--..---—— x x TMINOT eee ee x Gonothyraea clarki__............ x x IP EACIIS nee x x x x x Senialise x Obélia alternata 222 a articulata = x commissuralis.............. x x x dichotomal-..- = 5.- x x x x: equilateralis. 2: x enieulataeess eee x x x yall ince eee x x x x plicata aaa x xX x x CenuiSee seo eee ee x x No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 9 South of | North of North Div. A | Div. B | Div. C | Div. B | Div. C | Atlantic x x Species Silicularia pedunculata........... Campanulina ramosa.............- x Cuspidella humilis................... x Lovenella nodosa................--.-- PLOGUC EAs nes eeeees x Endothecium reduplicatum... Halecium articulosum............. x beanies: eee eee x bermudense............- x corrugatum............. fasciculatum........... flabellatum:...--.-22.-:: X gracile eee x x halecimum:.. 22222: x x x x Insolens!2= 2-- x fae Wa Up eae een x x regulare x tenellum x x x x tOntui se ee x SU jel eT) Sea teen x x washingtoni............ x x Ophiodissa’ laxa-=- 22 x negligens...............| Hebellajicalearata::----—... = x x Scandia (corrugata!.—-.. = x mutabilis=— ees x x Filellum serpens......................- x | x x Lafoea intermedia.................... x Lictorella adhaerens................ CeEVICOnnIS:2.----— x Synthecium gracile.................. x x x projectum:.......-.-.. | xo Pista wines ee x x symmetricum........ x x Diphasia’ paarmanit.-.-----2--= x x Pasya quadridentata............... x x x x Sertularella ampullacea.......... x X CONICAL x x x x x @xiligie sok x formosa. x x x fusiformis............ x x x iN Clg2 oe nee ee x LUCOSa eee eee x x x x tenellas = x x x x x EUG D1 aes eee x x 10 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 | | South of |North of| North Div. A | Div.B Div. C | Div. B | Div. C |Atlantic Sertularia’ anceps] === x xe cormicinal. === desmoides Species x exo uae eee Purcatae si s' oF - Mayer es Stookeyass ne x Viersluysiee eee x x huraria, simplexts.. ta 4H ww KW WK Ow 4 tal ca tubuliformis............ x x Aglaophenia diegensis............ > eta inconspicua........ x compactase = a Sraciligne see x Antennularia alternata_......... x irregularis........ tetraseriata....... x Cladocarpus ‘tertus:..2 Plumularia acutifrons............. DiC athe kes alternatas. 2 =). x x biarmatas 2 Diplocheilus allmani............. Lytocarpus philippinus........... Monostaechas quadridens...... x corrugata=:---- defectans:2..2 x x x % x x delicatas=ssssees x Altet ate eee eee x flonidanas sss x x INEGNNS = eee lagenifera............ x x magellanica......... x marearetta._...- x x propinqua............ x SCCACCaliieeeececcseeece x x x SINWOSAs eee x Schizotricha tenella................. x x Streptocaulis pulcherrimus x x bs a a Og a i a a 4 AH KM WK No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS id SysTEMATIC DiIscUSSION There is no necessity of saying much in the way of general discus- sion under this heading. Some changes have been made in nomenclature since early papers were published but nearly all of these have been introduced in more recent papers hence further reference is not necessary as far as they are concerned. There is one additional change. On ac- count of priority difficulties, the genus Pasythea becomes Pasya, the name introduced by Stechow. One new genus, Eugemmaria, is introduced that bears enough re- semblance to Gemmaria to justify the name. Suborder GYMNOBLASTEA Family Clavidae Genus CLAVA Clava parva, new species Plate 1, Fig. 1 Trophosome.—Solitary, scattered zooids arising from a thin encrus- tation on a gastropod shell; no stolon showing superficially; zooids small, 2 mm. high; tentacles about 20 in number, scattered, but leaving a considerable portion around the mouth free. Gonosome.—Sporosacs in a single compact cluster, surrounding the hydrocaulis immediately below the proximal tentacles. Distribution.—Jicarita Island, 30 fathoms. This is an unusual depth in which to find Clava, which is commonly littoral. Genus CORYDENDRIUM PCorydendrium flabellatum, new species Plate 1, Fig. 2 Trophosome.—Colony coarse, flabellate, fascicled, 6 cm.; the irregu- larly placed branches are much more slender than the main stem. The coenosarc fills but a small portion of the perisarcal tubes, that go to form the fascicle. The free portion of the tube that passes out to the base of the hydranth is long and gradually curved outward from the stem or branch. This tube is very coarse, 0.4 mm. in diameter. The hydranth is stout with 20-24 tentacles. 12 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Off Secas Islands, 25 fathoms; east of islands oft Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; off Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms. Genus TUBICLAVA Tubiclava laxa, new species Plate 1, Fig. 3 Trophosome.—A colony consists of numerous individual zooids growing out singly from a crust on the surface of gastropod shells; no stoloniferous network shows at the surface. The zooids are protected by a heavy, loose-fitting tube, reaching to the base of the hydranth; this tube may have numerous sand grains embedded in it. In the nutritive zooids, this tube has a maximum length of 35 mm.; it is nearly tubular or, in some cases, slightly tapering from tip to base. The hydranth is clavate, with 12-14 scattered tentacles. Gonosome.—The tube of the generative zooid is short, less than 1 mm., but of much the same diameter as that of the nutritive zooid. The sporosacs are closely crowded on the blastostyle; there may be as many as 20 of them. Distribution—Tangola-T angola, near shore, 15-20 fathoms. PTubiclava triserialis, new species Plate 1, Fig. 4 Trophosome.—Zooids arising singly from a loosely reticular stolon to a height of about 3 mm.; the uncovered hydranth is three eighths of the total length. It is short and stoutly clavate with 20-24 tentacles arranged rather definitely in three closely placed series. The perisarcal tube, which is smooth, is thin but distinct. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—On coral, exposed at low tide, along the shore of Braithwaite Bay. Genus TURRITOPSIS Turritopsis nutricula McCrady Oceania nutricula McCrapy, Proc. Elliott Soc., 1859, pp. 55-90. Turritopsis nutricula McCrapy, ibid., p. 127. Fraser, Hydroids of Beaufort, 1912, p. 345. Distribution—On sponges associated with solitary corals, exposed at low tide, on the north shore of Tagus Cove; Gorgona Island, on coral, at low tide; South Viradores Island, 8-10 fathoms. No. | FRASER: HYDROIDS 13 Family ‘Tubidendridae Genus BALEA Balea irregularis, new species Plate 1, Fig. 5 Trophosome.—Colony fascicled, 6 cm. in length, with few irregu- larly placed branches, much more slender than the main stem. Some of the tubes have naked coenosarc for at least a portion of their length. The hydranths appear on the branches only, growing from short hydro- phores that are sessile on two of the tubes, one on each side of the branch; these are very irregularly arranged, sometimes quite isolated, sometimes with two in succession forming a definite pair, sometimes, on the distal portion of the branches, more segregated. ‘The hydranth and its pedicel, both stout, are without visible perisarc, about 2 mm. long. There are two sets of filiform tentacles, the proximal, having the appearance of being reduced in size and number (4), well separated from the distal set of 10-12 well-developed tentacles. The sarcostyles are numerous on the main stem and the branches. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Dredged in the open passage between Indefatigable and Charles islands, 65-70 fathoms. This species bears much resemblance to Balea mirabilis Nutting; the most noticeable difference is in the nature of the proximal tentacles. Family Corynidae Genus CORYNE Coryne pusilla Gaertner Coryne pusilla GAERTNER, Pall. Spicil. Zool., I, Fasc. 10, 1774, p. 40. Hincxs, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 39. Distribution—South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Coryne repens, new species Plate 1, Fig. 6 Trophosome.—Colony consisting mainly of individual hydroids arising from a creeping stolon that does not form any definite network over its support; the stolon is somewhat wavy but seldom distinctly 14 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 annulated. The hydranths appear on pedicels that may be as short as the hydranths themselves; the pedicels are distinctly annulated through quite a portion of their length. Occasionally branching takes place, in which case the main stem becomes more elongated. he hydranths are large, up to 2 mm. in length, with numerous rather slender capitate tentacles, quite evenly scattered over the whole surface. Gonosome.—The sporosacs appear between the tentacles near the base of the hydranth. Distribution.—Creeping over coralline at low tide, on Black Beach. This species bears some resemblance to Coryne crassa Fraser, but is not so much inclined to branch. The hydranth is not so stout and the tentacles are more numerous and much more slender. Genus CORYNITIS Corynitis agassizii McCrady Corynitis agassiziti McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 30. Distribution—On sponge at low tide, Wenman Island; Jicaron Island, 30 fathoms. Genus EUGEMMARIA, new genus Trophosome.—Zooids, like those of Gemmaria, grow from a strongly dendritic, reticular, or vesicular, chitinous support, which evidently is part of the colony. Gonosome.—Gonophores produce sporosacs. Eugemmaria dendritica, new species Plate 2, Fig. 7 Trophosome.—Colony reaching a height of 7 cm., strongly branched, commonly dichotomously, the branched colony being almost as broad as it is high. The chitinous portion seems to be made of tube-like struc- tures with cross partitions. The hydranths look like those of Gemmaria gemmosa; sessile, elongate when extended, with numerous short, strongly capitate tentacles arranged in more or less regular whorls. Gonosome.—Globular or oval sporosacs, with very short pedicels, spring from the framework without regularity of position or definite relation to the nutritive zooids; greatest length 0.4 mm. Distribution—White Friars Islands, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 15 Genus GEMMARIA Gemmaria costata (Gegenbaur) Zanclea costata GEGENBAUR, Zeit. fiir Wissen. Zool., Bd. VIII, 1856, p22): Gemmaria costata MAYER, The Hydromedusae, I, 1910, p. 49. Distribution—On coral at low tide, Braithwaite Bay. Gemmaria gemmosa McCrady Gemmaria gemmosa McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 49. Distribution—On sponge from reef north of Tagus Cove; on gas- tropod shell, Gardner Bay, 25-35 fathoms; Port Utria, 15-20 fathoms. Anna B. Hastings has reported a species, Zanclea protecta, (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), X, 1930, pp. 552-560), from James Bay, James Island, from Gorgona Island, and from Taboga Island, but it has not been observed in this collection. Genus SYNCORYNE Syncoryne flexibilis, new species Plate 2, Fig. 8 Trophosome.—Zooids growing singly from a creeping stolon; long and slender, reaching a height of 20 mm. but varying much in height; perisarc thin, hence the pedicel is not rigid; no annulations. Hydranths large, with 50 or more tentacles, more crowded than usual. Gonosome.—Medusa-buds thickly clustered above the proximal ten- tacles. Distribution—Gorgona Island, 20 fathoms; Port Utria, on coral at low tide, in 20 fathoms and in 40 fathoms; Jicaron Island, 15 fath- oms; Secas Islands, 15 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Syncoryne mirabilis (L. Agassiz) Coryne mirabilis L. Acassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U.S., IV, 1862, p. 185. Syncoryne mirabilis FRAsER, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 114. Distribution—Wenman Island; north shore of Tagus Cove; Black Beach; all at low tide. 16 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Family Atractylidae Genus BIMERIA Bimeria gracilis Clark Bumeria gracilis CLarK, Hyd. of Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 252. Frasrr, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 115. Distribution —James Bay, 50-70 fathoms; Bahia Honda, low tide; South Viradores Islands, 8-10 fathoms; north of White Friars Islands, 5-10 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms. PBimeria laxa, new species Plate 2, Fig. 9 Trophosome.—Colonies, reaching a height of 6 cm., are fascicled in an unusual manner; there is one central tube much larger than the peripheral tubes that cover it loosely, so that much of it is exposed; this applies not only to the main stem but to the main branches, that are few in number and irregularly arranged. Short, slender branches or branchlets are given off irregularly from the main stem as well as from the branches, at an acute angle; the pedicels are short and wrinkled but not distinctly annulated. ‘The portion of the perisarc that surrounds the base of the hydranth is rugose; hydranth small, with 9-10 tentacles. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Academy Bay, 17-22 fathoms. PBimeria pygmaea, new species Plate 2, Fig. 10 Trophosome.—Minute, solitary zooids, 0.4 mm. high, grow at quite regular intervals from a linear stolon, which has scarcely any branches. The perisarc on the pedicel, as well as that which grows over the base of the hydranth, is wrinkled. Tentacles 10-12. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 8-12 fathoms. Bimeria tenella Fraser Bimeria tenella Fraser, California hydroids, 1925, p. 168. Distribution—In outer Cartago Bay, 32 fathoms. No. l FRASER: HYDROIDS 17 Bimeria vestita Wright Bimeria vestita Wricut, Edinburgh N.P. Jour. (N.S.), 1859, p. 109. Hincks, British Hyd. Zoophytes, 1868, p. 103. Distribution—San Francisco Bay, 2 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Genus BOUGAINVILLIA Bougainvillia crassa, new species Plate 3, Fig. 11 Trophosome.—Stem coarse, fascicled, reaching a height of 6 cm.; branches slender as compared with the stem, some of them fascicled in the proximal portion; large branches somewhat regularly arranged, with smaller branches between less regularly placed; ultimate branch- lets numerous, giving the whole colony a flabellate appearance. Stem, branches, and branchlets somewhat wrinkled but not annulated. Hy- dranths small, with 8-10 tentacles. Gonosome.—Medusa-buds appear singly, attached by short pedicels to the ultimate branchlets. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, at low tide, in 7-8 fathoms and in 10-12 fathoms; Port Culebra, 3-10 fathoms; Tangola-Tangola, 15-20 fathoms. Genus PERIGONIMUS Perigonimus repens (Wright) Eudendrium repens WRiGHT, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, 1858, p. 448. Atractylis repens WRIGHT, ibid., p. 450. Perigonimus repens Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 120. Distribution —Off Clipperton Island, 65 fathoms; Tagus Cove, 10-18 fathoms and in 70 fathoms; Post Office Bay, 10-15 fathoms; Cartago Bay, 8-12 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms; Gardner Bay, 25-35 fathoms; Santa Elena Bay, 10-12 fathoms; Port Culebra, 3-10 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, 10 fathoms. PPerigonimus robustus, new species Plate 3, Fig. 12 Trophosome.—Colony slender, unbranched, reaching a height of 60 mm. Stem continuous throughout but not very straight or rigid; 18 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 annulated or wavy throughout the whole length. Zooids given off irregularly from all sides of the stem, the pedicel of each making an acute angle with the stem; pedicel increases in diameter as it passes out so that the distal portion bears some resemblance to a hydrotheca; annulations or wrinkles close together in the proximal half or two thirds, farther apart in the distal portion. Hydranth with 9-10 tentacles. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Petatlan Bay, 5-10 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms. This species looks much unlike any other species of Perigonimus that has been described, especially as regards size, but it seems to fit better with this genus than elsewhere and without the gonosome it cannot be placed more definitely. It is just possible that if the gono- some were known it might be necessary to place it in a new genus. Family Eudendridae Genus EUDENDRIUM Eudendrium breve, new species Plate 3, Fig. 13 Trophosome.—Individual zooids arising singly from an irregularly reticulate stolon, the hydranth with its pedicel reaching a height of 2 mm.; stolon smooth; pedicel smooth, slightly wrinkled or with few irregular annulations. Hydranths conspicuous with about 20 tentacles. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution——Black Beach, low tide. ‘This species has a more extensive and more closely reticulate stolon than E. tenellum. It is not so slender as compared with the length of the pedicel as this species is, and the individual zooids are much more closely placed on the stolon. There were no gonophores of either sex on any of the colonies obtained. Eudendrium capillare Alder Eudendrium capillare ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), XVIII, 1856; ‘p. 35). Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 122. Distribution—Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; Secas Islands, 25 fathoms. No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 19 Eudendrium carneum Clarke Eudendrium carneum CLARKE, Hyd. of Chesapeake Bay, 1882, p. 137. Fraser, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 349. Disiribution—South of Clarion Island, 50 fathoms; James Bay, 20 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms; San Francisco Bay, 2 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Eudendrium certicaule, new species Plate 3, Fig. 14 Trophosome.—Colony erect, reaching a length of 6 cm. The main stem is simple, straight, definitely continuous throughout the whole length of the colony, more markedly so than is commonly the case in this genus. The branches, alternate but not very regularly arranged, make a wide angle with the stem; the branchlets of the pedicels are similarly arranged on the branches. Few or no annulations on the main stem, 2-4 at the bases of the branches, branchlets, and pedicels. Hy- dranths with 15 or 16 tentacles. Gonosome.—Male gonophores, single-chambered, form a loose series around the base of the hydranth, that is not aborted. Female gono- phores form a series of 3 or 4 around the base of the hydranth, which is not aborted. Distribution—lIn the channel between Narborough and Albemarle islands, 70 fathoms; James Bay, 30-50 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms. Eudendrium exiguum Allman Eudendrium exiguum ALLMAN, Hyd. of the Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 6. Distribution—Gorgona Island, on coral at low tide. Eudendrium nodosum, new species Plate 4, Fig. 15 Trophosome.—Colonies slender, 35 mm. high; branching irregular, one or two primary branches commonly giving rise to the hydranth pedicels directly and these may all be on the one side of the branch; 20 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 hydranths also arising from the main stem; stem and main branches scarcely annulated, although there may be nodes at infrequent intervals. Pedicels with one or more annulations or wrinkles, at no definite loca- tion on the pedicel. Hydranth with about 20 tentacles. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 10 fathoms. Eudendrium ramosum (Linn.) Tubularia ramosa LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1302. Eudendrium ramosum Hincxs, British Hyd. Zoophytes, 1868, p. 82. Distribution—Post Office Bay, on coral at low tide and in 8-10 fathoms; Bahia Honda, 15-25 fathoms; Secas Islands, 15 fathoms; Tangola-~Tangola, 15-20 fathoms; north of White Friars, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Thurloe Point, 8-10 fathoms. Eudendrium tenellum Allman Eudendrium tenellum ALLMAN, Hyd. of the Gulf Stream, 1877, p.8. Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 123. Distribution—Off Wenman Island, 100-150 fathoms; in channel between Narborough and Albemarle islands, 70 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 120 fathoms; Gardner Bay, 25-35 fathoms; San Francisco Bay, 2 fathoms; Gorgona Island, 20 fathoms; Bahia Honda, 15-25 fathoms; Tangola-Tangola, 15-20 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Eudendrium tenue A. Agassiz Eudendrium tenue A. Acassiz, N. A. Acalephae, 1865, p. 160. Nuttinc, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 333. Distribution—South of Clarion Island, 50 fathoms; Tagus Cove, 30 fathoms; Black Beach, near shore; north of White Friars, 5-10 fathoms. No. l FRASER: HYDROIDS 2) Family Hydractinidae Genus HYDRACTINIA Hydractinia carolinae Fraser Hydractinia carolinae FRAsER, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 351. Distribution—South Viradores Islands, 8-10 fathoms; ‘Tangola- Tangola, 15-20 fathoms. Hydractinia disjuncta, new species Plate 4, Fig. 16 Trophosome.—Nutritive zooids small, with 10-12 tentacles, scat- tered over the surface of a gastropod shell, inhabited by a hermit crab. Gonosome.—Female generative zooids much smaller than the nutri- tive, with the tentacles short and only four or five in number; sparsely scattered throughout the colony. Sporosacs single or in pairs, opposite (these may not be at the same stage of development), arising about half way from the base to the tentacles; ova 6-8 in number. Male zooids not observed. Other zooids—No dactylozooids or sensory zooids. The spines are quite numerous; they may be almost as high as the generative zooids; smooth, slightly curved to a blunt point. Distribution—Jicarita Island, 30 fathoms; Port Culebra, 3-10 fathoms. Hydractinia epispongia, new species Plate 4, Fig. 17 Trophosome.—Colony growing over a dense calcareous sponge; nutritive zooids small, the most extended 0.6 mm. long, with 7 or 8 tentacles. Gonosome.—Male generative zooids shorter and much more slender than the nutritive; without tentacles but the distal end much swollen, made up largely of batteries of nematocysts. Sporosacs of different sizes appear on the basal half; sometimes these are distinctly pedicellate; up to 5 in number. Female zooids were not observed. Other zooids.—Zooids like the generative zooids but without sporo- sacs are numerous in some areas. Whether they, or any of them, remain 22 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 purely offensive and defensive zooids (spiral zooids) there was no means of telling from the specimens. Spines—There were no spines. The individual zooids fit into cavi- ties in the sponge skeleton and apparently need no further protection of that nature. Distribution.—East of the islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Hydractinia hancocki, new species Plate 4, Fig. 18 Trophosome.—Colonies growing on small-ribbed gastropod shells, with the basal coenosarc forming a loose network, the meshes fitting into the sulci of the shell. There are no definite spines; sometimes closely crowded, there are brown spheroidal bodies, looking like the basal bodies of real spines. In some colonies, however, none of these was observed. The nutritive zooids are slender, reaching a height of 1.8 mm. The tentacles are few in number, 12-16, arranged in one irregular series. Gonosome.—The generative zooids are smaller than the nutritive, and the tentacles are reduced in number, commonly 4. The male gono- phores vary in number, up to 7, placed some distance proximal to the tentacles, not in a regular series. The female sporosacs are placed simi- larly to those in the male and are even more irregular in position. The ova are few, with 6 as a maximum. Other zooids—None observed. Distribution—Black Beach, at low tide; Post Office Bay, 12-15 fathoms; Stephens Bay, 32 fathoms; west of South Seymour Island, 5 fathoms; Sulivan Bay, 6 fathoms; Cartago Bay, 8-12 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms; Gardner Bay, 20 fathoms. Hydractinia longispina, new species Plate 4, Fig. 19 Trophosome.—Colony growing from a basal coenosarc, consisting of a close network from which arise several elongated spines. The nutri- tive zooids are long, 3 mm., but rather slender, with numerous (30 or more) long, slender tentacles, not definitely arranged in series. Gonosome.—The generative zooids are but slightly reduced in size, if at all; the number of tentacles varies but there is seldom more than half of the number found on the nutritive zooids. The sporosacs are No. l FRASER: HYDROIDS 23 situated about midway up on the hydrocaulis. The male sporosacs are few, arranged in an irregular series. The large female sporosacs are much more numerous in a somewhat irregularly crowded series; the ova in each sporosac are numerous, but because the sporosacs are so large the ova are still quite large. Other zocids——None observed. Spines—The elongated spines or, more properly speaking, tubes, since they do not seem to be closed at the slightly tapered distal end, are smooth, 1.5 mm. long; some of them shorter, seem to be broken off. Distribution—Tagus Cove, 10-18 fathoms; Post Office Bay, 8-10 fathoms. Hydractinia multispina, new species Plate 4, Fig. 20 Trophosome.—Large colonies growing from basal ccenosarc, made up of a network so close that it is practically continuous. The nutritive zooids are large for the genus, as much as 3.5 mm. long when con- tracted. The tentacles are numerous, 36, in two quite definite series. Gonosome.—Although colonies were obtained from four localities, they were all female. The generative zooids are somewhat smaller than the nutritive, and the tentacles are reduced in number, 12-15. The sporosacs are few, 4 or 5, attached just proximal to the tentacles, with a few, not more than 8, eva in each. Other z. a, is “Stara f Whites) vy nat ¢ Pate “h Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 15. 16. Wp 18. 119% 20. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PLATE 4 Eudendrium nodosum Portion of colony. Hydractinia disjuncta aandb. Nutritive zooids. candd. Female generative zooids. eandf. Spines. Hydractinia epispongia aandb. Nutritive zooids. candd. Male generative zooids. e. Dactylozooid. Hydractinia hancock a. b. or d. Nutritive zooid. Female generative zooid. Male generative zooid. Basal network with spheroidal bodies. Hydractinia longtspina a. b. Cc: d. Nutritive zooid. Female generative zooid. Male generative zooid. Spine. Hydractinia multispina aandb. Nutritive zooids. Cc. d. Female generative zooid. Spine. VoL. + FRASER? HYDROIDS 84+ Fig. Fig. Fig. 03 21. 22. 23. pS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PAPAIN 5 Hydractinia jolycarpa a. Nutritive zooid. b. Female generative zooid. c. Dactylozooid. dj spine: Hydractinia quadrigemina a. Nutritive zooid. b. Nutritive zooid, male generative zooid and _ spine. c.. Male generative zooid. d. Spine. Podocoryne reticulata a. Nutritive zooid. b and c. Generative zooids with medusa-buds. Tubularia integra A zooid showing proximal and distal tentacles and gonophores. 86 ities, ie ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PLATE 6 Tubularia multidentata a. Immature zooid. b. Zooid with tentacles and gonophores. c. One gonophore. VOL. + 88 Fig. Fig. ig. 28. Di 5 aD) 30: b will ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PLATE 7 Bonnevie!la minor Two zoids growing from a stolon. Campanularia emarginata a,b, andc. Hydrothecae. Campanularia gracilicaulis aandb. Hydrothecae. Clytia acutidentata a. Colony with two hydrothecae. b. Colony with hydrothecae and gonangia. Clytia carinadentata Colony with hydrothecae. Clytia fascicularis a. Fascicled stem with hydrothecae. b. Single hydrotheca. c. Gonangium. VOL. 4 PL. FRASER? HYDROIDS aC 29b 27¢ 28b 27b 90, Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. Sis 38. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. + PLADE 8 Clytia irregularis Colony with hydrothecae and gonangia. Clytia multidentata Hydrotheca. Clytia raridentata Hydrotheca and gonangium. Clytia sertata a. Portion of colony showing nature of series. b. Portion of colony with hydrothecae and gonangium. Eucopella minor a. Hydrotheca. b. Gonangium. Gonothyraea serialts a. Colony with hydrothecae. b. Gonangium in axil. c. Gonangium on stolon. Obelia alternata a. Colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. b. Colony with hydrothecae and gonangium. 8 Pi. FRASER: HYDROIDS NO. i) bj <7 ays ‘, SC aaa 35a ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 ALANINE, ©) Fig. 39. Obelia equilateralis a. Colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. b. Portion of colony with gonangium. Fig. 40. Obelia microtheca aandb. Colonies showing hydrothecae. candd. Gonangia. Fig. 41. Obelia obtusidens a. Colony with hydrothecae. b. Gonangium. Fig. 42. Obelia tenuis a. Small colony. b. Larger colony with hydrothecae and gonangia. Fig. 43. Campanulina ramosa A colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. Fig. 44. Lovene!la nodosa a. Portion of colony with hydrothecae and gonangium. - b. Hydrotheca with longer pedicel. PL. 9 FRASER? HYDROIDS NO. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 4 PEAIE 10 Fig. 45. Halecium fasciculatum a. Portion of colony showing fascicled stem. b. Portion of branch, not fascicled. c. Gonangium. Fig. 46. Halectum insolens a. Colonies showing arrangement of hydrothecae. b. Gonangia. Fig. 47. Halecium regulare Colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. Fig. 48. Halectum tortum a. Fascicled stem. b. Portion of colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. Fig. 49. Halectum vagans Colony showing branching. Fig. 50. Ophtodissa laxa Portion of colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae and tentacular organs. PL. lO FRASER: HYDROIDS 96 Fig. Si BS Bn 5 a WN ay . 56. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 4 RvAdsr ed Ophiodissa negligens aandb. Colonies showing arrangement of hydrothecae and tentacular organs. Scandia corrugata Colony showing hydrothecae and gonangia. Lafoea intermedia a. Natural size showing coppinia. b. Portion of fascicled stem. c. Terminal portion of branch. d. Coppinia. Lictorella adhaerens a. Portion of fascicled stem. b. Portion of branch. Synthectum projectum Portion of colony arrangement of hydrothecae. Synthecium rigidum Portion of colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. FRASER: HYDROIDS ee 1 98 Fig. Fig. 57. & Ske 5 DM 60. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. + RAG eZ Synthecium symmetricum a. Portion of branch showing arrangement of hydrothecae. b. Portion of stem showing origin of branches. ec. Gonangia. Sertularella ampullacea Portion of colony showing branching and hydrothecae. Sertularella exilis aandb. Portions of colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. Sertularella incisa a. Portion of stem showing branching. b. Portion of branch. 100 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 61. 62. 63. 64. 66. 67. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PIPACE 13 Sertularia anceps Colony showing branching. Sertularia dispar a. Portion of stem, face view. b. Portion of stem, back view. c. Gonangium. Thuiaria simplex VoL. + Portion of colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. Aglaophenia praecisa a. Two hydrothecae on a hydrocladium. b. The same further enlarged. Antennella compacta a. Portion of colony showing hydrothecae. b. Gonangium. Antennularta alternata Portion of colony showing branching, hydrothecae and gonangia. Antennularta irregularis Portion of colony showing branching and hydrothecae. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. + PLATE 14 Antennularia tetraseriata Portion of colony showing hydrocladia arrangement. Cladocarpus tortus a. Basal portion of stem. b. Portion of stem and proximal hydrothecae on the hydrocladia. c. Lateral view of hydrocladium. Plumularta acutifrons Portion of colony showing hydrocladia. Plumularta alternata a. Portion of colony showing hydrocladia. b. Gonangia. Plumularia biarmata Portion of colony showing hydrocladia. PL. 14 FRASER? HYDROIDS 104 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. We Wage 76. 77. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PEARES 15 Plumularia defecta Portion of colony showing hydrocladia. Plumularia inermis a. Portion of colony showing hydrocladia. b. Gonangia. Plumularia magellanica a. Colony showing hydrocladia. b. Gonangia. Plumularta propinqua a. Colony showing hydrocladia. b. Gonangia. Plumularia sinuosa Portion of colony showing hydrocladia. VoL. + Pe. FRASER: HYDROIDS REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALA- PAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, iN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, AND IN 1938, HYDROIDS OF THE 1936 AND 1937 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS By C. McLEAN FRASER Tue UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoLuME 4, NUMBER 2 IssUED OCTOBER 20, 1938 Tue UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES, CALIFORNIA HYDROIDS OF THE 1936 AND 1937 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS C. McLean FRASER In each of the seven Hancock Expeditions to date, 1932-1938, hy- droids have been collected. In 1934 special attention was paid to hydroid collecting and the collection obtained has been reported upon by itself. In 1936 and 1937 collections were made in a somewhat restricted and well-defined area, no part of which was visited in the 1934 Expedition. It includes the west coast of Lower California, north of Cerros Island, and the Gulf of California. It might have been well to include the remainder of the west coast of Lower California in this general area, but much material was ob- tained from this region in 1934, and this has already received attention. No collections were made there in 1936 and 1937. The hydroids collected in the other four years, 1932, 1933, 1935, and 1938, will be treated together later. Again I wish to acknowledge my obligation to Captain Hancock, his officers and ship’s company of the VELERO 111 and all those associated with these Expeditions for the collection and the preservation of the hydroids. Dr. Irene McCulloch of the Department of Zoology of The University of Southern California sorted the material and looked after it until it was forwarded for examination. Her many kindnesses and her continued interest in the progress of the work are much appreciated. To Dr. Josephine F. L. Hart I am indebted for the drawings used in illustration. DISTRIBUTION Of the 56 species in the collection, nine are described as new (the gonosome of Antennularia tetraseriata Fraser is described for the first time). Of the 47 species previously reported, 36 appeared in the 1934 collection. Of the eleven species that did not so appear, ten have been reported from farther north along the Pacific coast, and one, Plumu- laria attenuata Allman, from the West Indian region. Ten species were obtained from the west coast of Lower California, one of them, A bdietinaria expansa, being new. Of these only one species, A glaophenia octocarpa Nutting, was obtained in the Gulf of California, [ 107 ] 108 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 and that just at the entrance, off Point Piastla. This might be taken to indicate that there is nothing in common in the waters to the west- ward of Lower California and those in the Gulf of California, were it not for the fact that of the 38 previously described species obtained in the Gulf of California in this collection twelve were obtained from the west coast in the 1934 collection. The 1934 collection was all from Cerros Island south; the 1936 and 1937 collections, north of Cerros Island. The hydroid fauna of the Gulf seems to be rather a mixture. While that of the west coast of Lower California is definitely northeast Pacific in type, that of the Gulf, if this collection is representative, is a mixture of species from the north and from the south, the latter related to those from the West Indian region. Of the 38 species above referred to, 22 have been reported from the Pacific, north of the Mexican boundary, and 25 from the Atlantic, but as 15 species have been reported in both of these areas, there are left but seven North Pacific and ten Atlantic species that help to show any trend. More extensive and intensive collecting must be done before any definite conclusions can be drawn. The most striking feature of the hydroid fauna of the Gulf is the preponderance of the Plumularidae, especially of Aglaophenia and Antennularia. It is in these two genera that the most of the new species were found. It may be that here there is a very suitable environment for this family, or, on the other hand, it may be that as these, in general, appear in robust colonies, they are more readily observed in general collecting, in which case a more detailed examination of the fresh material might produce a similar abundance in other families. That the latter explanation is the probable one is indicated by the fact that there were only four gymnoblastic species (there were 46 in the 1934 collec- tion) and very few of the smaller campanularians. SYNONYMY Apart from those that are new, all of the species with the exception of Plumularia attenuata Allman (Allman, G. J. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 1877, p. 30) are mentioned and synonymy given either in Hydroids of the 1934 Allan Hancock Pacific Expedition or in Hydroids of the Pacific Coast of Canada and the United States (Fraser, The University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 1937). It seems unneces- sary to repeat the synonymy here. No. 2 FRASER: HYDROIDS 109 SPECIES AND DistTRIBUTION Family Atractylidae Bimeria gracilis Clark.—Entrance to Angeles Bay, 25 fathoms. Bimeria tenella Fraser—San Quentin Bay, 25 fathoms. Family Eudendridae Eudendrium ramosum (Linnaeus).—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms; Ildefonso Island, 50 fathoms. Eudendrium tenellum Allman.—San Pedro Nolasco Island, 75 fathoms. Eudendrium tenue A. Agassiz.—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Family Campanularidae ?Campanularia emarginata Fraser—San Jaime Banks, off Cape San Lucas, 75 fathoms; San Pedro Nolasco Island, 45 fathoms. Campanularia hincksi Alder—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Campanularia urceolata Clark.—Rosario Bay, 10-15 fathoms. Clytia acutidentata Fraser—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Clytia edwardsi (Nutting).—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Clytia irregularis Fraser—San Quentin Bay, 25 fathoms. Clytia kincaidi (Nutting).—Consag Rock, 10-25 fathoms. Clytia universitatis Torrey —Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Gonothyraea gracilis (Sars).—South and east of San Marcos Island, 20 fathoms. Obelia plicata Hincks——San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Island, 24 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 50-75 fathoms. Family Campanulinidae Campanulina forskalea (Peron et LeSueur).—San Pedro Nolasco Is- land, 75 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 50-75 fathoms. Lovenella producta (Sars) —San Pedro Nolasco Island, 75 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 50-75 fathoms. 110 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Family Halecidae Halecium beani (Johnston).—East of Cape San Lucas, 10-15 fathoms; Consag Rock, 10-25 fathoms. Halecium gracile Verrill—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Halecium nanum Alder.—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Halecium parvulum Bale.—Rosario Bay, 10-15 fathoms. Halecium tenellum Hincks——Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Family Hebellidae Hebella calcarata (Agassiz) —Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Scandia corrugata Fraser—San Pedro Nolasco Island, 75 fathoms. Scandia mutabilis (Ritchie) —East of San Marcos Island, 18 fathoms; San Francisco Island, 47 fathoms. Family Lafoeidae Filellum serpens (Hassall).—San Jaime Banks, off Cape San Lucas, 75 fathoms; San Pedro Nolasco Island, 75 fathoms; south of Isla Partida, 40 fathoms. Lafoea dumosa (Fleming ).—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 50 and 45 fathoms. Family Sertularidae A bietinaria anguina (Trask) —San Quentin Bay, 25 fathoms. A bietinaria expansa Fraser.—Rosario Bay, 10-15 fathoms. Pasya quadridentata (Ellis and Solander).—Consag Rock, 10-25 fathoms. Sertularella ampullacea Fraser—San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Island, 24 fathoms. Sertularella pedrensis ‘Torrey —Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 40 and 45 fathoms; Ildefonso Island, 50 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 50-75 fathoms; off Cape San Lucas, 75 fathoms. Sertularia cornicina (McCrady).—Consag Rock, 10-25 fathoms; off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Sertularia desmoides ‘Torrey.—South of Isla Partida, 40 fathoms. Sertularia furcata Trask.—Santa Rosalia Bay, 15 fathoms; Rosario Bay, 10-15 fathoms; San Quentin Bay, 25 fathoms. bo NO. FRASER: HYDROIDS 111 Family Plumularidae Aglaophenia diegensis Torrey —Consag Rock, 10-25 fathoms; north of Lobos Point, shore; Perdita Island, 4% mile north of San Fran- cisco Island, 30 fathoms; San Francisco Island, shore; Espiritu Santo Island, shore. Aglaophenia latirostris Nutting—Rosario Bay, 10-15 fathoms; San Quentin Bay, 25 fathoms. Aglaophenia longicarpa Fraser—San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Island, 24 fathoms. Aglaophenia lophocarpa Allman.—North of San Pedro Nolasco Island, 100 fathoms. Aglaophenia octocarpa Nutting—Near Point Piastla, 6-8 fathoms; Santa Rosalia Bay, 15 fathoms. Aglaophenia pinguis Fraser—San Francisco Island, shore. Aglaophenia propinqua Fraser.—Port Escondido, 20 fathoms. Aglaophenia struthionides (Murray)—San Quentin Bay, 3-5 fathoms. A glaophenia symmetrica Fraser—San Pedro Nolasco Island, 75 fathoms. Antennularia compacta Fraser—Off Francisquito Bay, 10-20 fathoms. Antennularia irregularis Fraser—Off Francisquito Bay, 10-20 fathoms. Antennularia reversa Fraser—Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 50-75 fathoms. Antennularia septata Fraser—North of San Esteban Island, 20-70 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 50-75 fathoms. Antennularia tetraseriata Fraser—San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 75 fathoms; San Esteban Island, 35 fathoms. Lytocarpus philippinus (Kirchenpauer).—Ildefonso Island, 50 fathoms. Monostaechas quadridens (McCrady).—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms; Ildefonso Island, 50 fathoms. Plumularia attenuata Allman.—San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Island, 5-15 fathoms; east of San Marcos Island, 18 fathoms. Plumularia corrugata Nutting.—Inside anchorage, San Francisco Island, 15 fathoms; San Francisco Island, 47 fathoms; entrance to Angeles Bay, 20-70 fathoms. Plumularia lagenifera Allman.—Ofi White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms; entrance to Angeles Bay, 25 fathoms. Plumularta setacea (Ellis) —San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Is- land, 24 fathoms. Plumularia tenuissima Fraser—San Jaime Banks, off Cape San Lucas, 6-8, 75 and 120 fathoms; Salinas Bay, Carmen Island, 20 fathoms. hie ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 DEscRIPTION OF NEw SPECIES Abietinaria expansa, new species Plate 16, Fig. 1 Trophosome.—Colony (largest fragment 5 cm. high) rather rigid, with a rigid main stem, which is almost straight, the sinuosities being very slight, a few large branches making a wide angle with the stem, somewhat irregularly placed, each looking like a portion of the main stem. The smaller, unbranched branches are quite regularly placed, alternately, on the two sides, usually with the hydrothecae on the stem between two successive branches on the same side. hese small branches are rigid also, and the branches, large and small, are in the same plane. The whole colony is much spread out. The nodes on the stem and on the branches are well marked but are not regularly placed. The hydrothecae on the branches are subopposite, rather than alternate, swollen at the base and narrowing to a neck, i.e., of the abietina type, about one-half free; margin entire. Gonosome.—Gonangia appear along the face of the branches, not regularly spaced. In face view, they are pear-shaped, with a short, curved pedicel, a distal neck, with an oval aperture. The other diameter is much less and hence the gonangium is elliptical in side view. Length 1.0 mm., greater diameter 0.5 mm., lesser diameter 0.3 mm. The trophosome of this species is very similar to that of 4. amphora Nutting. The main difference is in the few large branches that are again branched; the pairs of hydrothecae on the branches are rather more distant. ‘The gonosome in the two species bears little resemblance. ‘The large gonangia with prominent ridges, clustered on the main stem, of 4. amphora are little like the much smaller solitary gonangia on the branches of 4. expansa. Aglaophenia longicarpa, new species Plate 16, Fig. 2 Trophosome.—Colonies up to 10 cm. in height, with dark brown, almost black, somewhat flexible, main stem, and light brown hydro- cladia; these well graded in length, but, at the greatest, not more than 15 mm. long. Main stem divided into regular internodes, each with a hydrocladium arising from a process near the distal end; the hydro- cladia coming off in regular alternation from the stem, two of them in LT LE EY NO. 2 FRASER: HYDROIDS 113 succession making an angle of about 60°. The nodes in the hydrocladia are quite distinct, and, as the hydrothecae are quite close to each other and are short and stout, the internodes are short also. The margin of the hydrotheca bears nine teeth, the median one, small but sharp, straight or slightly retrorse; all the others are larger, more rounded at the tip, but not very deep. The intrathecal ridges are distinct. The mesial nematophore does not project very far from the face of the hydrotheca and does not reach the margin of the hydrotheca; the supra- calycine nematophores are large, reaching above the margin of the hydrotheca; the three nematophores on each cauline internode are simi- larly tubular. Gonosome.—The corbulae are rather numerous and are conspicuous on account of their great length, with 17 or 18 pairs of leaves in the fully developed corbula. The margins of the leaves are lobed, the lobes being somewhat incised, and, in consequence, when the lobes of the two adjacent leaves meet, there are distinct lenticular spaces, or openings into the interior of the corbula. There is one hydrotheca on the hydro- cladium between the corbula and the stem. Aglaophenia pinguis, new species Plate 16, Fig. 3 Trophosome.—Colonies up to 18 cm., simple, unbranched, with dark brown stem, and much lighter brown hydrocladia. The stem is divided into regular internodes by transverse nodes, with a hydrocladial process on each, some distance from the end, the hydrocladia alternating from side to side. Hydrocladia nodes distinct; internodes short, with little space between the successive hydrothecae; hydrothecae broad in both diameters as compared with the length, adherent throughout prac- tically the whole length; two intrathecal ridges well marked; margin with eight similar, straight, rather blunt, teeth. Supracalycine nemato- phores curved, reaching to, or slightly above the margin of the hydro- theca; mesial nematophore short, but projecting well out from the hydrotheca; two cauline nematophores on each internode of the stem, one well below, and the other close above, the hydrocladial process; two on the hydrocladial process, one on the face and the other on the back. Gonosome.—Corbulae numerous, scattered throughout the length of the colony, deep for the length, with nine or ten pairs of leaves; one hydrotheca between the corbula and the hydrocladial process. 114 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Aglaophenia propinqua, new species Plate 16, Fig. 4 Trophosome.—Colonies, up to 12 cm., unbranched or very slightly branched, with a heavy, dark brown main stem and light brown, almost white, hydrocladia. The stem is distinctly divided into internodes, each with a hydrocladial process some distance from the distal end; the bases of these processes are so much on the face of the internode, they are not far from being in line, but the hydrocladia turn almost immediately to the right or to the left to make the regular alternate arrangement, the outer portions being nearly in the same plane. The hydrocladium is divided into internodes by faint nodes; the hydrotheca occupies the whole length of the internode, so that the margin of the one hydrotheca is practically touching the base of the next hydrotheca in succession. The hydrotheca is rather stout for the length. There are nine teeth on the margin, but they are so low that the margin might be described as wavy; the small, median tooth comes to a sharp point, but the others, nearly equal, are more rounded. The septal ridges are faint; the supra- calycine nematophores are large, over-topping the margin; the mesial nematophore extends upward for about two thirds of the length of the hydrotheca and then projects but a short distance; of the three cauline nematophores on each internode, the one above and the one below the hydrocladial process are considerably larger than the one on the process. Gonosome.—Not observed. Aglaophenia symmetrica, new species Platevi7. Bice 5 Trophosome.—Colonies—18 cm.—growing in clusters; the hydro- cladia are long, up to 2 cm., and graded in length very uniformly so as to give a graceful symmetry to the colony. As the main stems are light brown and the hydrocladia almost white, the species is a most handsome one. The stem is relatively slender, with the nodes indistinct or absent; the hydrocladia are given off at a wide angle and they might almost be described as being in opposite pairs, rather than regularly alternate. On the hydrocladia, the nodes are distinct and the hydrotheca occupies practically the whole length of the internode. The hydrotheca is large, 0.5 mm. long, but well proportioned ; the intrathecal ridges are definite but not extensive. There are nine regularly rounded teeth on the margin, the median one rather slender, erect, the second from the ; 4 No. 2 FRASER: HYDROIDS 125 median on each side is the largest, the first and third, similar in size, the fourth smaller. The supracalycine nematophores reach to, or slightly beyond, the margin of the hydrotheca; they are narrower proximally than distally; the mesial nematophore reaches about half way up the face of the hydrotheca, with but a small portion free; the usual three cauline nematophores are associated with the origin of the hydrocladium, they are all tubular. Gonosome.—The corbulae appear at irregular intervals on both sides of the stem. The total length of the corbula, which is slightly curved, is about 4 mm. The particular one described had eleven pairs of leaves; the nematophores on the margin of the leaves are somewhat distant and they are relatively small; at the base of each leaf margin there is a prominent nematophore with a conical tip pointing to the base of the corbula. There is one hydrotheca on the hydrocladium be- tween the corbula and the hydrocladial process. Antennularia compacta, new species Plate 17, Fig. 6 Trophosome.—Colony rather short—maximum 4 cm.—with a short stem that shows the fasciculation and canaliculation very readily when living or freshly preserved. The hydrocladia are arranged in rather definite whorls toward the base but with a more definitely decussate arrangement distally; the hydrocladial process is stout and all the internodes of the hydrocladium are thecate; the internodes are short for this genus, with the hydrotheca placed almost centrally; the septa are faint or absent. The pair of supracalycine and the single proximal nematophore are present on each internode; on the hydrocladial process there is a stationary one-chambered nematophore, a jointed, two-cham- bered one in the axil, and another near the distal end. There is one cauline nematophore between two successive hydrocladial processes in the same line. Gonosome.—Not observed. Antennularia reversa, new species Plate 17, Fig. 7 Trophosome.—Colony with stout main stem—up to 45 mm.—but no branches, without definite nodes. Hydrocladia in four series, irregu- larly decussate, with two series inclined to the one side and two to the other, so as to give somewhat of a biserial arrangement or appearance. 116 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Hydrocladia long—up to 8 mm.—and slender, arising from a promi- nent process on the stem; divided into regular internodes by transverse nodes, all internodes thecate; the hydrotheca is much nearer the proxi- mal than the distal end of the internode; the septa are faint or absent. ‘There are two supracalycine nematophores and a mesial nematophore near the proximal, and one near the distal end of each internode; on the cauline hydrocladial process there is a short fixed nematophore, and also a movable one, as well as another at the axil of the process; there are nematophores on the stem, somewhat irregularly arranged, but there is usually at least one between each two successive processes in the same series. Gonosome.—Not observed. Antennularia septata, new species Plate 18, Fig. 8 Trophosome.—sStiff looking colonies—up to 10 cm.—grow in clus- ters of as many as 25. Stem, stout, straight, rigid, shows little or no sign of division into internodes. The hydrocladia are given off in regular alternation from the two sides of the stem, in the same plane, each from a distinct process of the stem. The hydrocladium is divided into short, nonthecate, alternating with longer, thecate internodes, the proximal internode being nonthecate; the hydrotheca is near the distal end of the internode. The septa are numerous and much pronounced; there is one septum near each end of each internode, and one at the base of the hydrotheca in the thecate internode. There are two supracalycine ne- matophores, and a median nematophore on each hydrocladial internode, one on the hydrocladial process, and one large cauline nematophore later- ally placed between each two successive hydrocladia. Gonosome.—Not observed. Antennularia tetraseriata Fraser Plate 18, Fig. 9 Trophosome.—See description in Hydroids of the 1934 Allan Han- cock Pacific Expedition, 1938, p. 59. Gonosome.—(Not previously described). Gonangia are borne singly on the hydrocladial processes of the stem, scattered, without regular arrangement. There is a basal portion rapidly enlarging from the at- tachment, then rather an abrupt turn to the cylindrical distal portion, No. 2 FRASER: HYDROIDS 117 so that the adcauline side is distinctly concave, and the abcauline, dis- tinctly convex; or, the gonangium may be nearly straight and then regularly obovate. The opening does not occupy all of the distal end. Plumularia tenuissima, new species Plate 18, Fig. 10 Trophosome.—Colonies growing from a stolon, somewhat loosely clustered—5 cm. Stem unbranched or very slightly and irregularly branched, very slender, divided into long internodes without ridges; each internode with a hydrocladium almost at its distal end, but the hydrocladia are not always strictly alternate; nematophores numerous, usually four to an internode besides the two that are on the hydrocladial process. Hydrecladia long—up to 6 mm.—and very slender, bearing at most four hydrothecae. Next to the hydrocladial process of the cauline internode, there is a short internode, with two ridges but without hydro- theca or nematophores; next to this is a much longer internode, also with a ridge near each end, with two nematophores but not bearing a hydro- theca; the third internode is thecate, the hydrotheca being nearly medially placed; it also has proximal and distal ridges, one, or some- times two, mesial nematophores, below the hydrotheca, and two large supracalycine nematophores; after this the nonthecate and the thecate internodes follow in order, the former similar to the second and the latter to the third internode. Gonosome.—Gonangia appear in some of the distal axils, on short pedicels, slender, nearly tubular, 1.0 mm. long, 0.1 mm. in diameter, smooth. (All the figures, unless otherwise indicated, have a magnification of 20 diameters.) bo bo Fig. Fig. Fig. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PWAGME 6 Abietinaria expansa a. Portion of branch to show arrangement of hydrothecae. b. Portion of colony to show branching and gonangia. Aglaophenia longicarpa a. Portion of hydrocladium to show hydrothecae. b. Two hydrothecae further enlarged (>< 40). c. Corbula. Aglaophenia pinguis a. Portion of hydrocladium to show hydrothecae. b. Hydrothecae further enlarged (40). c. Corbula. Aglaophenia propinqua a. Portion of hydrocladium to show hydrothecae. b. Hydrothecae further enlarged (X40). FRASER: HYDROIDS 124 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PEATE 17 Fig. 5. Aglaophenia symmetrica a. Portion of hydrocladium to show hydrothecae. b. Hydrothecae further enlarged (><40). ce. Corbula. Fig. 6. Antennularia compacta Portion of colony to show the arrangement of the hydrocladia and the hydrothecae. Fig. 7. Antennularia reversa Portion of colony to show arrangement of hydrocladia and hydrothecae. No. 2 FRASER: HYDROIDS PL. 17 126 ue Ss nie, Os Fig. 10 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. + PLATE 18 Antennularia septata Portion of colony to show arrangement of hydrocladia and hydrothecae. Antennularia tetrasertata Portion of colony to show gonangium. Plumularia tenutssima a. Portion of stem and hydrocladia. b. Portion of colony showing gonangia. PL. 18 FRASER: HYDROIDS NO. REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALA- PAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, AND IN 1938. HY DROIDS OF THE 1932, 1933,'1935; and 1938 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS By C. McLEAN FRASER | THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 4, NUMBER 3 IssuED OCTOBER 20, 1938 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES, CALIFORNIA | HYDROIDS OF THE 1932, 1933, 1935, and 1938 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS C. McLEAN FRASER Two papers have already appeared on the hydroids collected by the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions to the eastern tropical Pacific. The first one dealt with the hydroids collected in 1934 only, mainly because in that Expedition intensive hydroid collecting was a significant fea- ture. That paper has been the basis for comparison in working on the material from the other expeditions. The second paper dealt with the collections made in 1936 and 1937, as these were largely confined to the Gulf of California. In the Expeditions of 1932, 1933, 1935, and 1938, exploration was carried on in much the same regions as in 1934, the main difference being that much of the coast of Peru was included as well. The hydroids from these four expeditions can be treated to- gether readily in one paper. Although the hydroid collecting was, in the main, incidental, much interesting material was obtained. Although the general area visited was much the same each year, the actual collecting stations differed very materially, and as that is so, it may help, to add to the list of locations given in the first paper, to satisfy the new distribution records. LocATIONS Galapagos Islands Marchena Island North Bay Tower Island Darwin Bay Daphne Major Island Daphne Minor Island Indefatigable Island Conway Bay, on west coast Gordon Rocks, on east coast Barrington Island Osborn Island Northwest of South Seymour Island [ 129 ] 130 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Peru San Juan Bay San Nicholas Bay Independencia Bay Chincha Islands Callao Hormigas de Afuera Islands Lobos de Afuera Islands Ecuador La Libertad Manta Bay Cape San Francisco Colombia Octavia Bay, north of Port Utria Panama Pinas Bay Panama Costa Rica Playa Blancas Parker Bay Salinas Bay Cocos Island Wafer Bay Nuez Island Mexico Chacahua Bay Black Rock, south of Cape Corrientes Coronado Islands, just south of the United States-Mexico boundary. I am indebted to Dr. Josephine F. L. Hart and Miss Ursula Dale for the drawings of the figures used. Once more, acknowledgments are due to Captain G. Allan Hancock, his officers and ship’s company, to all those who have been associated with them in these various expeditions, and to Dr. Irene McCulloch of the Department of Zoology, The University of Southern California, for her attention to the material after it was safely landed. It has meant many-sided co-operation that has been thoroughly appreciated. No. 3 FRASER: HYDROIDS 131 DIsTRIBUTION Ninety-nine species are listed from these four expeditions, of which all but 20 have been reported in one of the other papers. Of the 20, twelve are described as new. In the three papers, 213 species have been listed, 94 of them new. The proportions of the numbers in the three main areas—A, oceanic islands, 29; B, mainland coast, south of Balboa, 46; C, mainland coast, north of Balboa, 56—have been changed somewhat, mainly because of the extension of the exploration area southward, to include Peru, as in Area B there is a greater proportionate number. Forty-two species have not been reported outside this area. The dis- tribution of the other 57 shows a marked parallelism to the distribution of those reported in the 1934 paper. 1934: South of Area B, 13 species, 13%; North of Area C, 52 species, 52% ; North Atlantic, 77 species, 77% ; 1932, 1933, 1935, 1938; South of Area B, 9 species, 15.8%; North of Area C, 31 species, 54.4% ; North Atlantic, 43 species, 75.4%. It is significant that even when the coast of Peru is included, there is still little affinity to the hydroids of the coast of Chile. The Humboldt Current must make a very definite demarcation. As far as hydroid dis- tribution is concerned, there is nothing like it anywhere in the northeast Pacific. SPECIES AND DISTRIBUTION Family Clavidae Turritopsis nutricula McCrady.—Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. Family Atractylidae Bimeria gracilis Clark.—Bahia Honda, 3-5 fathoms; Parker Bay, 30 fathoms. Bimeria vestita Wright—Manta Bay, shore; Pinas Bay, 30-35 fathoms ; Panama, shore; White Friars, 15-20 fathoms. Bougainvillia crassa Fraser —Panama, shore. Perigonimus gracilis Fraser —Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Perigonimus repens Wright.—South and east of Daphne Major Island, 55 fathoms; Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. Perigonimus robustus Fraser—Black Rock, south of Cape Corrientes, 5-10 fathoms. 132 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Family Eudendridae Eudendrium tenellum Allman.—North of Hood Island, 20-40 fathoms. Eudendrium tenue A. Agassiz—Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Family Hydractinidae Hydractinia longispina Fraser—Lobos de Afuera Islands, 12 fathoms. Hydractinia multispina Fraser—Tagus Cove, 10 fathoms. Hydractinia rugosa Fraser —Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Family Pennaridae Pennaria tiarella McCrady.—Cape San Francisco, 15 fathoms; Panama, shore. Family Campanularidae Campanularia hincksi Alder—Off Daphne Major Island, 70-80 fath- oms; north of Hood Island, 20-40 fathoms. Campanularia urceolata Clark.—434 miles east of Coronado Islands, 14 fathoms. Clytia bakeri Torrey—Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. Clytia coronata (Clarke).—Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Clytia cylindrica A. Agassiz—Tagus Cove, 10 fathoms; south and east of Daphne Major Island, 85 fathoms; Independencia Bay, 10 fathoms; north of Gorgona Island, 10-20 fathoms; Secas Islands, 5-20 fathoms; off Nuez Island, 30-50 fathoms. Clytia fascicularis Fraser —Callao, 5 fathoms. Clytia irregularis Fraser—Tangola Tangola, 15-20 fathoms. Clytia macrocarpa Fraser—South Bay, Lobos de Afuera Islands, 14-16 fathoms and 20-22 fathoms; Independencia Bay, 5 and 20 fathoms; Callao, 3 fathoms; Hormigas de Afuera Islands, 45 fathoms; San Nicholas Bay, 10-25 fathoms. Clytia seriata Fraser —Tenacatita Bay, in lagoon. Clytia universitatis Torrey—Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. Eucopella caliculata (Hincks).—South Bay, Lobos de Afuera Islands, 12 fathoms. Eucopella everta (Clark). —San Juan Bay, 15-20 fathoms; Lobos de Afuera Islands, shore. Gonothyraea gracilis (Sars) —Tagus Cove, 10-20 fathoms; Indepen- dencia Bay, 5 fathoms; Callao, 5 fathoms; Parker Bay, 10 fathoms; off Nuez Island, 30-50 fathoms; Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. No. 3 FRASER: HYDROIDS 133 Gonothyraea serialis Fraser—lbLa Libertad, 3-5 fathoms; Tenacatita Bay, in lagoon. Obelia commissuralis (McCrady ).—Watfer Bay, shore. Obelia dichotoma (Linnaeus).—Tagus Cove, 10-20 fathoms; north of Gorgona Island, 10-20 fathoms. Obelia geniculata (Linnaeus).—North end of Albemarle Island, 6-7 fathoms; Callao, 5 fathoms; San Juan Bay, 15-20 fathoms; Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. Obelia hyalina Clarke.—Isabel Island, 10-15 fathoms. Obelia microtheca Fraser—Independencia Bay, 5 fathoms; La Libertad, 3-5 fathoms; Panama, shore. Obelia tenuis Fraser—Tagus Cove, 10-20 fathoms. Family Campanulinidae Lovenella nodosa Fraser—Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. Lovenella rugosa Fraser.—Tenacatita Bay, 5 fathoms. Family Halecidae Halecium beani ( Johnston).—South and east of Daphne Major Island, 55 fathoms; Secas Islands, 12 fathoms. Halecium halecinum (Linnaeus).—Secas Islands, 12 fathoms. FHlalecium insolens Fraser—Tenacatita Bay, in lagoon. FHlalecium nanum Alder.—Secas Islands, 12 fathoms. Halecium regulare Fraser—Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Halecium tenellum Hincks.—South and east of Daphne Major Island, 55 fathoms; Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Halecium tenue Fraser —Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fathoms. Halecium tortum Fraser—Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Halecium washingtoni Nutting—San Juan Bay, 15-20 fathoms; Lobos de Afuera Islands, South Bay, 12 fathoms; off Nuez Island, 30- 50 fathoms. Ophiodissa alternata Fraser—Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Ophiodissa laxa Fraser—Secas Islands, 12 fathoms. Family Hebellidae Scandia corrugata Fraser—Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Secas Islands, 12 and 14 fathoms. ?Scandia expansa Fraser—North of Gorgona Island, 10-20 fathoms. Scandia mutabilis (Ritchie)—Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Secas Is- lands, 14 fathoms. 134 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Family Lafoeidae Acryptolaria pulchella (Allman) —Off Barrington Island, 73 fathoms ; Sulivan Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Eucryptolaria pinnata Fraser—Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fath- oms. Filellum serpens (Hassall). —-Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fathoms ; Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Pinas Bay, 30-35 fathoms; Secas Islands, 12 fathoms; Salinas Bay, 20 fathoms. Lafoea intermedia Fraser—Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fathoms. Lictorella cervicornis Nutting—Sulivan Bay, 35-40 fathoms; off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fathoms; off Barrington Island, 73 fathoms; north of Hood Island, 20-40 fathoms. Family Synthecidae Synthecium gracile Fraser —North of Point Saint Elena, 8-10 fathoms ; Port Utria, 2 fathoms; Pinas Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Secas Islands, 5-20 and 12 fathoms. Synthecium projectum Fraser—Secas Islands, 12 fathoms. Synthecium symmetricum Fraser—Port Utria, shore; Octavia Bay, 35- 40 fathoms; Pinas Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Secas Islands, 12 fathoms. Family Sertularidae Abietinaria amphora Nutting —434 miles east of Coronado Islands, 14 fathoms. Pasya quadridentata (Ellis and Solander).—North end of Albemarle Island, 6-7 fathoms. Sertularella ampullacea Fraser—Panama, shore; Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Sertularella clausa (Allman).—Independencia Bay, 5 fathoms. Sertularella conica Allman.—South and east of Daphne Major Island, 55 fathoms; off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fathoms; Chincha Islands, 5 fathoms; San Juan Bay, 15-20 fathoms; Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. Sertularella erecta Fraser ——North end of Albemarle Island, 6-7 fathoms. Sertularella formosa Fewkes.—Secas Islands, 12 and 14 fathoms; Pinas Bay, 30-35 fathoms. Sertularella rugosa (Linnaeus).—Lobos de Afuera Islands, 12 fathoms. Sertularella tenella (Alder).—San Juan Bay, 15-20 fathoms; Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms. No. 3 FRASER: HYDROIDS 135 Sertularia anceps Fraser—Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 20 fathoms; Pinas Bay, 30-35 fathoms. Sertularia cornicina (McCrady).—Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 20 fathoms. Sertularia dispar Fraser——North of Point Saint Elena, 8-10 fathoms. Sertularia exigua Allman.—Tangola Tangola, 15-20 fathoms. Sertularia furcata Trask——North of Point Saint Elena, 8-10 fathoms. Sertularia operculata Linnaeus.—Lobos de Afuera Islands, South Bay, 12 and 25-30 fathoms. Sertularia stookeyi Nutting——North of Point Saint Elena, 8-10 fathoms. Thuiaria simplex Fraser.—Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Thuiaria tubuliformis (Markt.)—Shore, in all cases: Cartago Bay, Darwin Bay, Marchena Island, James Island, Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, Osborn Island, Gardiner Bay, North Sey- mour Island, Port Utria, Octavia Bay, Parker Bay. Family Plumularidae Aglaophenia dubia Nutting —Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fathoms. Aglaophenia longicarpa Fraser.—Isabel Island, 10-15 fathoms. Aglaophenia prominens Fraser—Lobos de Afuera Islands, 25-30 fath- oms; 434 miles east of Coronado Islands, 14 fathoms. Aglaophenia rigida Allman.—Playa Blancas, 3-5 fathoms. Aglaophenia struthionides (Murray ).—434 miles east of Coronado Is- lands, 14 fathoms. Antennella avalonia Vorrey.—North end of Albemarle Island, 6-7 fath- oms; Port Utria, 2 fathoms; Pinas Bay, 30-35 fathoms. Antennella gracilis Allman.—Secas Islands, 12 fathoms. Antennularia irregularis Fraser—North of Gorgona Island, 10-20 fathoms; Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Antennularia tetraseriata Fraser—North of Gorgona Island, 10-20 fathoms; Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Hippurella longicarpa Nutting—Northwest of Charles Island, 250 fathoms. Lytocarpus philippinus (Kirchenpauer).—Hood Island, 20 fathoms; James Island, 8 fathoms; La Libertad, shore; La Plata Island, 10 fathoms; Port Utria, shore; Secas Islands, 12 and 14 fathoms ; Tenacatita Bay, in lagoon; Isabel Island, 10-15 fathoms. Monostaechas quadridens (McCrady).—Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Plumularia alternata Nutting—Secas Islands, 14 fathoms; Isabel Is- land, 10-15 fathoms. 136 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Plumularia corrugata Nutting—Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fathoms. Plumularia lagenifera Allman.—Independencia Bay, 5 and 20 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Plumularia magellanica Hartlaub.—South Bay, Lobos de Afuera Is- lands, shore and 12 fathoms. Plumularia margaretta (Nutting).—La Libertad, 3-5 fathoms. Plumularia micronema Fraser.—Secas Islands, 14 fathoms; Parker Bay, 40 fathoms; Playa Blancas, 15 fathoms. Plumularia propinqua Fraser—Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-15 fathoms. Plumularia septata Fraser —Chincha Islands, 8 fathoms; Independencia Bay, 5 fathoms; Callao, off Penal Colony, 5 fathoms. Plumularia setacea (Ellis) Santa Maria Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Plumularia sinuosa Fraser—Tenacatita Bay, 5 fathoms. Plumularia tenuissima Fraser—Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fathoms. Streptocaulus pulcherrimus Allman.—Barrington Island, 73 fathoms; north of Hood Island, 20-40 and 50-100 fathoms. Of these 99 species, 20 are reported from this area for the first time, of which 8 species have been described previously. They are :— Clytia bakeri Torrey.—Torrey, H. B. Hyd. of San Diego, 1904, II, Pel O: Eucopella caliculata (Hincks) as Campanularia caliculata. Hincks, T. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), XI, 1853, p. 178. Acryptolaria pulchella (Allman) as Cryptolaria pulchella, Allman, G. J. Challenger Hydroids, XXIII, 1888, p. 40. A bietinaria amphora Nutting. Nutting, C. C. Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p19. Sertularella clausa Allman. Allman, G. J. Challenger Hydroids, Part II, 1888, p. 54. Sertularia operculata Linnaeus. Linnaeus, C. Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 808. Aglaophenia dubia Nutting. —Aglaophenia gracilis Allman. Nutting, CoC. Ami Hyds Pace ieto0er page: Hippurella longicarpa Nutting. Nutting, C. C. Am. Hyd., Part I, 1900, p. 84. No. 3 FRASER: HYDROIDS 137 Description of one new genus, twelve new species, and the gonosome of two other species. PPerigonimus gracilis, new species Plate 19, Fig. 1 Trophosome.—Colony slender, sparsely branched, the branches com- monly coming off at an acute angle with the stem and the pedicels simi- larly from the stem or branches; the largest colony observed was 5.5 ram. high. Perisare never very thick, thins out to end almost impercep- tibly below the base of the hydranth, the surface smooth or slightly wrinkled. Hydranth long and slender but considerably greater in di- ameter than the pedicel. Tentacles 10-12. Gonosome.—Not observed. Note.—It is quite possible that this is the species of Perigonimus that Hartlaub described and figured, as Perigonimus sp. in Die Hy- droiden der Magalhaensischen Region und Chilenischen Kiiste, 1905, p. 532, as it bears some resemblance to his figure “0,” but it also bears a resemblance to his figure “‘Ka,’’ which, for some reason difficult to understand, he labels “(?) Perigonimus repens Wright.” Perigonimus robustus Fraser Plate 19, Fig. 2 Perigonimus robustus Fraser. Hyd. of the 1934 Hancock Exp. 1938, ps Li. Trophosome.—For description see original reference. Gonosome.—Medusa-buds grow singly from the hydranth pedicels, a short distance below the hydranths themselves, with short, annulated pedicels. The medusa-bud reaches to, or a little above, the margin of the hydranth tube and is of much the same diameter as this margin. Hydractinia rugosa, new species Plate 19, Fig. 3 Trophosome.—Nutritive zooids, not closely placed, arise from an encrusting coenosare that does not show any network at the surface; those most fully extended reach a height of nearly 2 mm. There are commonly eight tentacles; either four of these are much longer than the other four, or they are extended while the others are contracted, as, in the preserved material, this difference in size is definitely indicated. 138 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Gonosome.—(Only female generative zooids observed.) The gener- ative zooids are much smaller than the nutritive and are devoid of ten- tacles. The sporosacs form a whorl about half way to the base of the tentacles; each sporosac with four large ova. In several cases, a second whorl seems to be developing just distal to the main whorl. Other zooids—No other types of zooids were observed. Spines.—The spines are numerous, large (some of them nearly 1.0 mm. high), and conspicuous; slightly tapering to a blunt point, with 4-6 prominent, rugose ridges, running longitudinally. Clytia macrocarpa, new species Plate 19, Fig. 4 Trophosome.—Zooids may grow up singly, or colonies may appear, consisting of a stem and one to several branches. When branches are present they are never regularly or closely arranged, hence the colony is somewhat straggly. The branches and the pedicels bend abruptly near the origin, turning to form an acute angle with the stem, or even run- ning almost parallel with it. The stem, branches, and pedicels are all slender; they are annulated for some distance at both extremities and some of the terminal pedicels are annulated throughout or nearly so. Hydrotheca rather broadly campanulate, with 9-10 distinct, sharp teeth. Gonosome.—Gonangia of great length, approximately two and one- half times the length of the hydrothecae, growing from the stolon, from the main stem, or from the branches, with rather long pedicels, annu- lated throughout; elongate elliptical, narrowed slightly just below the margin; surface with slightly wavy lines running from base to margin, or there may be wavy, longitudinal corrugations. Lovenella rugosa, new species Plate 19, Fig. 5 Trophosome.—Minute colonies consisting of one, two, three, or four zooids, growing from a stoloniferous network, over the surface of seaweed. If there are more than one zooid in the colony, the second grows out from the pedicel of the first, slightly below the base of the hydro- theca; the pedicel of the second one curves in the proximal portion so that it continues almost in line with the first; if there is a third zooid, it springs from the second as the second from the first, and a fourth may develop likewise. When there are four zooids in the colony, it may No. 3 FRASER: HYDROIDS 139 reach a height of 3 mm. All of the pedicels are regularly corrugated throughout; these may be shallow to give a wrinkled appearance. ‘The turbinate hydrotheca has nine or ten segments in the operculum. Gonosome.—The gonangium grows from the stolon, on a short corrugated pedicel; it is large as compared with the size of the hydro- theca, almost 1.0 mm. in length, shaped like half of an ellipse, the distal end being truncated. There is a single medusa in the gonangium, the height being greater than the transverse diameter. The one in the speci- men described has four radial canals and four spherical tentacle bulbs, visible through the gonangium. Halecium tenue, new species Plate 20, Fig. 6 Trophosome.—Colony slender, up to 12 mm. in height; stem usually simple, but occasionally, slightly fascicled; it does not form a continu- ous axis for the colony. There is a long pedicellate portion for each hydrophore, and then just proximal to the hydrophore another pedicel is given off for the next hydrophore. Commonly the hydrophore is dupli- cated one or more times, with a varying length of pedicel between, or a branch, similar to the main stem, may grow out of the hydrophore. There are seldom any nodes or evidences of annulation. The rim of the hydrophore is slightly but distinctly flaring. Gonosome.—All of the gonangia that were not empty were female. It may be that male and female are similar in shape and size. The gonangium is biconvex, 0.75 mm. long, 0.5 mm. in the greater diameter, and 0.25 mm. in the lesser, with a very short pedicel. It may appear on the stolon or any part of the stem. Ophiodissa alternata, new species Plate 20, Fig. 7 Trophosome.—Colony reaching a height of 8 mm., but usually much less, with a slight tendency to fasciculation in the larger colonies, grow- ing from an unbranched stolon (in this instance, creeping over the hydroid Lytocarpus philippinus); branches, if present, few and scat- tered irregularly. Stem zigzag, as the pedicel of each hydrophore comes out from near the distal end of the previous pedicel, and the pedicels alternate from side to side. Each pedicel has a double annulation near the proximal end; hydrophore distinctly flaring. 140 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Tentacular organs quite large, commonly one to each pedicel, a short distance below the origin of the following pedicel. None was observed on the stolon. Gonosome.—Gonangia appear almost sessile, attached to the hydro- phore pedicels, to the internodes or to the stolon; obovate, with eight or nine strongly crested, transverse rugosities. PScandia expansa, new species Plate 20, Fig. 8 Trophosome.—Zooids growing singly from a creeping stolon. The hydrotheca does not vary much in size, just short of 1.0 mm. in length and 0.3 mm. in diameter, but the length of the pedicel varies from the same length as the hydrotheca to about one fourth of its length. The pedicel has a definite annulation at the base, and in most cases this is the only one; occasionally, there are one or two others near the middle. The surface of the hydrotheca is gently corrugated on the outside, but on the inside the ridges come to a sharp edge that is very evident on looking in from the margin. The margin is entire but flares distinctly. Gonosome.—Not observed. As there was no gonosome present it is not possible to tell whether this is Scandia or Hebella. The definite diaphragm ensures it a place in the Hebellidae. Genus EUCRYPTOLARIA, new genus Trophosome.—Stem and much of the branches consist of a central tube, giving rise to hydrothecae that are partly adnate, surrounded by a series of more slender peripheral tubes, not bearing hydrothecae, but bearing numerous nematophores. Gonosome.—Unknown. Eucryptolaria pinnata, new species Plate 20, Fig. 9 Trophosome.—Colonies up to 4 cm. in length, consisting of a central axis, with numerous short branches, pinnately arranged but subopposite in position. In the basal portion of the stem the hydrothecae come off in two rows, nearly in the same plane and there are several peripheral NO. 3 FRASER: HYDROIDS 141 tubes, with no very definite arrangement of the nematophores, although there is usually a nematophore near the base of each hydrotheca. On the distal portion of the stem and branches, there are still two rows of hydrothecae but they are not so nearly in the same plane; the peripheral tubes are much reduced in number. The nematophores show up very well here, at the base of the hydrothecae. The hydrothecae are small, nearly tubular but the tube is regularly curved so that the margin is parallel to the stem or branch, adnate for approximately half the length. Gonosome.—Not observed. Sertularella clausa (Allman) Plate 20, Fig. 10 Sertularia clausa ALLMAN, Challenger Hyd., Part II, 1888, p. 54. Sertularella clausa Nuttinc, Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p. 93. Trophosome.—Colony reaching a maximum height of 23 mm., slightly and irregularly branched; branches like a portion of the main stem, but they come off abruptly with a pronounced constriction at the origin. Sometimes the basal internode of the branch is slightly wavy in outline. The nodes are oblique and the internodes turn to the right and to the left alternately, making the branch slightly zigzag. One hydro- theca is given off from each internode, near its distal end. The hydro- theca is slightly curved, nearly tubular, but slightly tumid in the lower portion, approximately one-half free, surface smooth. Margin with four low teeth; operculum with four well-defined flaps. Gonosome.—(Not previously described.) Gonangium arises from the main stem or branch, with constricted base similar to that of the branch, and a very short, tapering pedicel; ovate, with a distinct neck and four low, blunt, irregular teeth on the margin; sometimes there is a tendency to corrugation in the distal third, the corrugations being low and rounded. Sertularella erecta, new species Plate 21, Fig. 11 Trophosome.—Stem simple, usually unbranched, rather rigid, aris- ing from a stolon to a height of 20 mm. Nodes scarce and irregularly placed, or absent. Hydrothecae appear in very regular alternation on the two sides of the stem, nearly one half of the adcauline side is adnate. The basal portion is slightly turgid, the distal portion is turned out- ward, nearly at right angles; the adcauline side of this portion is con- 142 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 cave, the abcauline, convex, so that the margin is nearly horizontal; margin with three teeth, the one on the adcauline side is low and biunt, the other two, sharper; operculum of three flaps. Gonosome.—Not observed. Note.—This species has a hydrotheca and a hydrothecal arrangement resembling that of S. guadrifida Hartlaub but the habitus is quite unlike that of this species. Aglaophenia prominens, new species Plate 21, Fig. 12 Trophosome.—Colony (terminal fragment 20 mm.) slender, with hydrocladia up to 2.5 mm. in length, and at the most ten hydrothecae. Nodes of the stem oblique but usually indistinct. Hydrocladia alternate, those of the two sides making an angle of approximately 120° with each other; nodes of the hydrocladia readily visible but not very pronounced. The hydrotheca occupies practically the whole length of the internode, but is attached for only approximately the basal third; the remainder stands out distinctly and the separation is greater just next to the attach- ment. There are no distinct transverse septal ridges but there is a pro- nounced ridge running up from the base, near the face, to mark off the mesial nematophore. There are nine teeth on the margin; the median tooth, not recurved, is very similar to the one on each side of it, each deeply cut and sharply pointed; there is a large rounded indentation between the first and second laterals, the second tooth being also rounded; the third and fourth pairs are also rounded, the third being less than the second and the fourth less than the third. The mesial nematophore is short, far from reaching to the margin of the hydrotheca and projecting but little; the supracalycine nematophores are short, scarcely reaching the margin. Gonosome.—The corbula is short and stout, with six pairs of leaves. There is one hydrotheca between the corbula and the base of the hydro- cladium. Plumularia micronema, new species Plate 21, Fig. 13 Trophosome.—Colony 35 mm., slender, unbranched or loosely and irregularly branched; stem divided into regular internodes by trans- verse nodes. Each internode bears a hydrocladium near the distal end, the hydrocladia alternating right and left in the same plane. The proxi- No. 3 FRASER: HYDROIDS 143 mal internode in the hydrocladium, which is short, with a transverse node proximally and an oblique node distally, does not bear a hydrotheca, but all the other internodes are thecate. The hydrotheca is placed near the distal end of the internode and often overtops it; it is almost as broad as it is deep. The nematophores are very small; there is none on the proximal internode of the hydrocladium, but there is a median on each of the others, and two supracalycine nematophores with each hydrotheca; they are so small that they do not reach nearly to the margin of the hydrotheca. There is a nematophore on each hydrocladial process of the stem. Gonosome.—Gonangia very small, nearly spherical, arising from the hydrocladial process of each internode for some considerable distance along the stem. Plumularia septata, new species Plate 21, Fig. 14 Trophosome.—Colony reaching a maximum height of 12 cm., much branched, the branches coming out from all sides of the stem, giving a loose, bottle brush effect ; the branches are more slender than the stem, usually less than 1.0 cm. long. The internodes of the stem and, even more so, the internodes of the branches are strongly septate; a septum near each end and one below the origin of the process from which the branch or the hydrocladium is given off. The hydrocladia approach a pinnate arrangement but as they come off the face of the stem, two in succession form an angle of less than 90°, and as sometimes they are nearly opposite, and at other times definitely alternate, there is not much regularity; they are short, never bearing more than three hydrothecae and more often two or even one. Nonthecate and thecate internodes alternate, the proximal being nonthecate. The nonthecate internode has a strong septum near each end; the thecate has a septum near the base, one between that and the base of the hydrotheca, and one at the base of the hydrotheca. There is a nematophore on the body of each internode on the stem and branch and one at the base of the hydrocladial process ; there is a median nematophore on each hydrocladial internode and two supracalycine nematophores with each hydrotheca. Gonosome.—The gonangia grow from the branches, one on each internode, the attachment being at the base of the hydrocladial process ; they are elongated oval, the distal end extending to form a bottle neck; the male is longer and more slender than the female. EXPLANATION OF PLATES All figures have a magnification of 20 diameters unless it is otherwise indicated. 148 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 19 Fig. 1. Perigonimus gracilis Portion of colony showing branching and hydranths. Fig. 2. Perigonimus robustus Portion of colony showing medusa-bud. Fig. 3. Hydractinia rugosa Portion of colony showing nutritive zooids, female generative zooids, and spines. Fig. 4. Clytia macrocarpa Colony showing mode of branching, hydrothecae and gonangium. Fig. 5. Lowvenella rugosa a. ‘Two hydrothecae. b. Gonangium. FRASER! HYDROIDS PL. 19 NO. 3 Dem ET! es S (Gace ella, “3 Wa 5 Stam eS oe sa ~> oO Ben S arene 150 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. + PLATE 20 Fig. 6. Halectum tenue a. Colony showing hydrophore arrangement and face view of gonangium. b. Side view of gonangium. Fig. 7. Ophiodissa alternata a. Portion of colony to show hydrophore arrangement and tentacular organs. b. Portion of colony showing gonangia. Fig. 8. Scandia expansa a, b, and c. Hydrothecae. Fig. 9. Eucryptolaria pinnata a. Portion of main stem. b. Portion of branch. Fig. 10. Sertularella clausa a. Portion of stem showing branching, hydrothecae 2 and gonangium. b. Portion of branch. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 11. WA, 13. 14. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PEAR 21 Sertularella erecta VOL. 4+ Portion of stem showing arrangement of hydrothecae. Aglaophenia prominens a. Portion of hydrocladium showing hydrothecae. b. Portion of hydrocladium further enlarged (X40). c. Face view of hydrotheca (40). d. Corbula. Plumularia micronema a. Portion of stem with hydrocladia and hydrothecae. b. Two hydrothecae further enlarged (40). c. Portion of colony showing gonangia. Plumularia septata a. Portion of stem with hydrocladia and hydrothecae. b. Portion of colony with gonangia. 21 RE. FRASER? HYDROIDS - REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALA- PAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, AND IN 1938. DISTRIBUTION OF THE HYDROIDS IN THE COLLECTIONS OF THE ALLAN HANCOCK EXPEDITIONS By C. McLEAN FRASER THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 4, NUMBER 4 IssUED FEBRUARY 6, 1939 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES, CALIFORNIA DISTRIBUTION OF THE HYDROIDS IN THE COLLECTIONS OF THE ALLAN HANCOCK EXPEDITIONS C. McLean FRASER Three papers on the Hancock hydroids have appeared, one on those collected in 1934, one on those in 1936 and 1937, and one on those in 1932, 1933, 1935, and 1938. In the first paper some attention was given to general distribution; in the other two little consideration was given to it, apart from the distribution records. Since several species are re- corded in these two papers that were not in the first one, it may be an opportune time to review the situation to date, in the area covered by the expeditions, viz., the east coast of the Pacific from the northern boundary of Mexico to the southern boundary of Peru, and the Oceanic islands related to this area. Before 1932, when the first Hancock hydroids were collected, very little was known of the hydroid fauna of this area. In 1891, the United States Fish Commission Steamer Albatross did some dredging off the Mexican and Central American coasts and S. F. Clarke recorded ten species from the material, all within one hundred miles of Panama, except one from the coast of Nicaragua. In 1904 and 1905, the Albatross did some dredging at widely distant stations in this general area and from the material Clarke recorded twelve species. —I'wo species were common to the two collections, so there were 20 recorded in all. These were: Eudendrium sp. Pennaria pacifica Clarke Campanularia obliqua Clarke Obelia castellata Clarke Obelia striata Clarke Obelia sp. Campanulina denticulata Clarke Halecium argenteum Clarke Halecium gracile Bale Acryptolaria conferta (Allman) Acryptolaria pulchella (Allman) Lafoea convallaria Allman Lafoea gracillima (Alder) Lictorella geniculata Clarke a a [ 155 ] =< Oe 156 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Sertularella tropica Hartlaub Thuiaria tubuliformis (Marktanner) Aglaophenia struthionides (Murray) Cladocarpus distomus Clarke Plumularia helleri Hincks Zygophylax chazaliei Versluys These all came from deep water; only two of the hauls were from a depth less than 300 fathoms and one of them was at a depth of 2,845 fathoms in 13° 11.6’ S. and 78° 18.3’ W. It is little wonder then that only four of these species, Acryptolaria pulchella, Halecium gracile, Thuiaria tubuliformis, and Aglaophenia struthionides, appeared in the Hancock collections, where nearly all of the material has been taken at less than 100 fathoms. Of the 20 species, two were described but not named, eight were described as new, one is confined to the tropical Pacific, six have been reported from the Atlantic, two from the northeast Pacific, and one from both the Atlantic and the Northeast Pacific. Nutting, in his monographs on American Hydroids, records two species from this area, Aglaophenia octocarpa Nutting, from Cape San Lucas, and Lytocarpus philippinus (Kirchenpauer), from Panama. He quotes Kirchenpauer who records Plumularia oligopyxis Kirchenpauer from the west coast of South America. This is so indefinite that it is impossible to say if it should be included in this area, and hence it is probably better to leave it out. In 1930, Anna B. Hastings recorded a new species, Zanclea protecta, from James Bay, Gorgona Island, and Taboga Island. ‘This has not been observed in the Hancock collections. There are 17 recorded species, therefore, that are not included in the Hancock list. These with the 213 in the list make a total of 230 from this area. A table (Table I), similar to that used in the first paper, will show the species distribution for all the Hancock material up to, and including, 1938. Table II gives the number of species in each family in each of the areas; Table III gives more detailed distribution of all of the species in the collection that have been recorded also in the Northeast Pacific; Table IV gives detailed distribution of all of the species found in the Atlantic as well, but not in the Northeast Pacific; Table V gives the detailed distribution of the species found in the vicinity of the Galapagos Islands. NO. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 157 TABLE I Clava’ parviane ssa x Corydendrium flabellatum..... x ‘ubiclavajlaxasce. 2) <2.) x EMISENLAIS 2s. x Turritopsis nutricula.............. x x x x x Balea irresullaris2:......-....-. x Coryne? pusillass 2 x x TE DENS ee ee ae x Corynitis agassizii-.. x x x Eugemmaria dendritica.......... x Gemmaria costata...........-..------ x x gemmosa..........----- x x 5 Syncoryne flexibilis-................1 x x mirabilis. 22.5... x be x De Bimerial craciligve ss... 2... x x x Vamaeeret cs ee x pyomacal...2 20.2... x tenella x x vestita x x x x Bougainvillia crassa...........-.-4 x x Perigonimus gracilis............... x repens.....-. x x % x 5 x robustus x Eudendrium breve............------- aG eapillare: 2:2... x x x carneum..... x x X: % certicaule x UUM ces x x nodosumi......--.-. x ramosum........-.-- x x x x tenellum............. x x x x CONC: 25 oon x x X: x Hydractinia carolinae............- x x Gisymmctazecrscs x epispongia.......... x ancockte.- co 5 longispina........... x multispina.......... X polycarpa..........-. x quadrigemina.... x RU OS Ane eee es x Podocoryne reticulata............- x ; 158 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Species Pennaria tiarella_..................- x Cladocoryne pelagica............. x Tubularia sp. CROCE Aen e sea x interna eee multitentaculata... Bonneviella minot......-...--...-.-- Campanularia emarginata.... | F- flexuosa....-.-- e. x | Ds gracilicaulis... x | hincksi=... + | x? || x | x x urceolata......... | | xe I | oe | volubilis......... x x x | x Clytia fel iain x Xie | attenuata! Be) x | | x bakervces 2a ee x ze carinadentata...-....--.--- x coronata.= = | x x eylindriea! 8S x x Ds | x a ok edwardsi===. 2s x xare x | x fascicularis=——— x x IncONSpicUa 22 x x x | x inrepularis= = x | johnstonies:. 2 x x x | x kin¢ardt2.2 ee x x > ae x longicyatha= = x x x longitheea= x x | maerocarpa...- x | multidentata..........-.----- x | Tavidentatasa-. == x | x S< | x S€tiatame = oes x UDIVersitatis ==. x x | Eucopella caliculata................ x x x | x eyertarte 22.9 Fe x x xt TURIN OL hee ses x | Gonothyraea clarki................- xi | x x racist x x x | 2 x x Serraliga aes | x = # The detailed distribution of Campanularia flexuosa (Hincks) was inad- vertently omitted on page 27 of the 1934 paper. It was obtained at Santa Maria Bay in 10 fathoms. NO. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 159 Species @belia’ alternata-<.....—..-...--... x antiCulataee -cccscececcccess x x commiussuralis::......2-.---4 x x x dichotoma...... x x x x x equilateralis Pemiculatalee screenees x x nya mae rence MICTOCHECA!=--.-cesc----.-e-. obtustdens::..02.00--.-.-... plicata (ES DUIS = oh x Silicularia pedunculata........... Campanulina forskalea........... TamMOSa ce x Cuspidella humilis.................. x Lovenella nodosa...............-..--- PLOW Chay este cose x UP OS Ae eae Endothecium reduplicatum..... Halecium articulosum.............. AoW al a now noK HW ta ta ta aww Ow ta ta tal mam Mw WM ORM OR corrugatum.............. x x fasciculatum........-... x flabellatum.............- PLAC Cre. ese ece ees alecimumy:-------.. x ATISOVETISS eee nae ea Parvuluim=:2-2-- regulare tenellum Hw wK mM AW OM OA “ ral 4 ral va) a4 tS) a Bo oi [=r Orsi hal % nw “Aw mM Om OR val negligens HHebellay calcarataees. .c-ece xe x Scandia corrugatas 2... x x expansa st. . x TMUeAD ITS ee x x K x Acryptolaria pulchella............ Eucryptolaria pinnata............. x == 160 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. + outh of | North of| North Species Div. A | Div. B | Div. C | Div. B | Div. C | Atlantic Eilellumijserpens..) x atoea dumosas eee x intermediass. Lictorella adhaerens................ cervicornis.............. x Synthecium gracile.................. x projectum=— BIST WM symmetricum a Abietinaria amphora.............. AN GUase expansatis 2.2 4 Mo OOO Diphasia paarmani................. Pasya quadridentata............... Sertularella ampullacea......... Clausa.. 3.2 conicaa seo. se x INCisanwn pedrensis............. Tug Osa) ee x tenella--22 os x turcidase ieee Sertulariayanceps 4.22 22! x x COrmicinas-21) 28s x desmoides............... x x es | = oS se] pp ° rf HMMM MMM MOM OOM OM x: Indyerie es ee x operculata- = x Stookey es Versluysicc 2 et Thuiaria simplex tubuliformis............ Aglaophenia diegensis............ x dubia 222308 inconspicua....... x latirostris:<.....— x longicarpa......... lophocarpa........ x No. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 161 ; South of |North of| North Species Div. A | Div. B | Div. C | Div. B | Div. C | Atlantic x x symmetrica.......- Antennella avalonia................ x x compacta........-...-- OT ACHIG ee ace x Antennularia alternata........... x compacta........... irregularis........ x FEViEUSAs ctx <2: Septatd.... 21 tetraseriata....... x x Cladocarpus tortus..........-..------ x Diplocheilus allmani............... Hippurella longicarpa............. x x Lytocarpus philippinus........... Monostaechas quadridens....... x x Plumularia acutifrons............. a | -_ a jo™ iP HH MMM KM MOM 4 HM A OM A tal val al ta attenuata.............- biarmata corrugata defectas:..2=.25- delicatal..---.-- filicuilalce- =.= x floridana:=-...-- AN ELINAS! cota ee lagenifera magellanica......... margaretta........... x: x micronema........--- x propinqua............- x Septata = ..: x SetaCe@as sacs x sinuosa tenuissima...........- x Schizotricha tenella.............-.-. x Streptocaulus pulcherrimus p > oO = =) tse) ot 2 x x ns HMM we KM OM OW - “KM OW tal tal Ea wv mo OM 213 92 83 152 15 66 85 = ' 162 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 TABLE II eee Ge ee Clavyidage.: aad + 2 1 4 ‘idk Tubidendridae........ 1 1 1 Corynidae.— =. 8 3 5 2 4 1 1 5 Atractylidae............ 9 5 4 5 6 2 3 2 Eudendridae..........-- 9 3 6 5 5 3 6 Hydractinidae......... 10 9 3 4 4 1 Pennaridae.....--.------ 1 1 1 1 1 1 Cladocorynidae....... 1 1 1 1 Tubularidae..........-- 4 3 2 1 3 1 1 1 Bonneviellidae........ 1 1 1 | Campanularidae..... 43 15 ig 18 31 6 21 20 Campanulinidae..... 6 3 1 3 5 3 3 Halecidae see 21 9 6 7 16 1 7 7 Hebellidae.............-- + Pe 1 3 3 2 Lafoeidae.. =. il 3 6 i 3 1 3 2 Synthecidae............. 4 3 3 4 1 Sertularidae...........-- 29 8 13 14 24 2 10 14 Plumularidae.......... 50 22 21 14 39 1 12 18 23 94 92 83 152 15 66 85 NO. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 163 TABLE III Species WLC |GofC| Mex | CA | Pan |\SPan| Oc | NA Turritopsis nutricula........... x x me Syncoryne mirabilis............. x Bumeriay craciisse—....2- x x x x tenella. x Perigonimus repens...........-.- x x x x Eudendrium capillare.......... x x ramosum......... x x x x x tenellum.......... * x x x x Pennaria tiarella.................. x x ae x Dubularra) croceas..2.-2-2... x x Campanularia hincksi......... x x x X urceolata...... x x volubilis....... x x Cly tra, attenuata... bakeries. >. cylindrica x x x x x ediwardsii sen essc ae x x ANCOMSPICU Aes. ceceenceenes x x johnstont..- 2-2: x x x kincardites en x x x x longithecal- 2. x raridentatal <4 -.:<:-..-:. x x universitatis.............-. x Eucopella caliculata............. x x Cverta ts x x Gonothyraea clarki_.............. x gracilis x x x x x Obelia commissuralis..........- x x x x dichotoma™.......-.-.-.- Se x x geniculata................. x x x J) CE x x x x Campanulina forskalea....... xe x Cuspidella humilis............. x x x Lovenella producta............... x x x Halecium articulosum.......... x x beanie x x x x x corrugatum.......... x halecinum............ x x x x parvulum............. x tenellum............... x x x x washingtoni......... x x x Filellum serpens................---. x x x x x x Wafoea, dumosalesi.--eene----cs x x 164 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Species Lictorella cervicornis........... Abietinaria amphora........... angeuiNae Sertularella conica.............-- fusiformis........ pedrensis.......... TUS OSAee ed Ki tenellase eee turgidas ==. x Sertularia desmoides............ furCatas-.e ee Aglaophenia diegensis......... inconspicua....,} x latirostris........ x lophocarpa..... octocarpa........ X struthionides... x Antennella avalonia............ | Diplocheilus allmani........... Plumularra alicia. corrugata.......... x lagenifera......... x Setaceahe = =: No. 4 Species Corynetpusillae i Corynitis agassizii................. Gemmaria costata.................. femmosa-.......-- Bimeriayvestitaz-22-—......-..<. Eudendrium carneum........... exiguum........... Hydractinia carolinae........... Cladocoryne pelagica...........] Campanularia flexuosa......... Clytiascoronatas 2. longieyatha:.=2...:---.- Obelia: articulata!..20. =... } oy eel bina ee See ee Halecium bermudense........... Laci em nee Hlebella calcarata:....-..... Scandia mutabilis.................. Synthecium gracile................ Diphasia paarmaniz............... Pasya quadridentata............- Sertularella formosa.............. Sertularia cornicina.............. (> OSA aero eee! Mayerle operculata..........-- stookeyi2-2. versluysi=--.--.4 Thuiaria tubuliformis.......... Antennella gracilis................ Hippurella longicarpa.......... Lytocarpus philippinus......... Monostaechas quadridens.... Plumularia alternata............ attenuata............ ligula ss floridana...........- INELMNS He margaretta......... Schizotricha tenella.............. Streptocaulus pulcherrimus.. 45 FRASER: HYDROIDS TABLE IV aA A WM Ow tal AR Kw a“ Aw WM eM Ow tal ral 20 165 A 25 166 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 TABLE V : & S S a Species Fe aS LY SR ee Wes ee es) a ees RS i, YRS) rey fee aS ie Turritopsis nutricula........... Da ie D am Balea\ irrecularisi22225.. 2 Coryne) repens= a Corynitis agassizii__............ x x Gemmaria gemmosa x x Syncoryne mirabilis.............. x x Bimeria’ g@racilis=22...-.... x x x x x Depo eqs a yates tenella ee x x Perigonimus repens..........-... x Se i iS< Deh Seam 5 < Eudendrium breve...........-..-- carneum........... x x certicaule......... ramosum.......... x x x x x x tenellum........... Xe x x x x tenuem 222. x x x x Hydractinia hancocki........... longispina........ multispina....... Pennaria ‘tiarella= x x Tubularia (croceas x x x integrase x Bonneviella minot..........-...-. Campanularia gracilicaulis hincksit.2 2 x xX x x X volubilis....... x x x Clytia acutidentata............... x x atten tawi ess eens x carinadentata............ eylindrica:2.-- x x x x x edwards ieee eee x x x x Kinard ieee ee eee x x x x Gonothyraea gracilis..........- 2 x x xe x x x Obelia ‘alternata]= articulata=— 2 x dichotoma=.-=-= x x x geniculatas-. 42s x x x plicatass-2 een x x x x x x tENUIS ee ie eal x XK Campanulina ramosa........... Halecium bean. x x x x x bermudense........... fasciculatum........ tenellums22 x x x x x TOMNUCsacceaen see washingtoni......... x x x No. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 167 ‘ = R LS S a Spectes Sl eh Tee SM see BE Se ea safer Yh ees x RS) Rae | SS freee i Reet eee I Scandia mutabilis................. x x x x x x Acryptolaria pulchella._._.. Eucryptolaria pinnata.......... Filellum serpens.................... ee) xc 5 dame | is care a cll (es x | x Lafoea intermedia................ x Lictorella adhaerens............ cervicornis........... x Diphasia paarmani.............. x Pasya quadridentata............ x > ia x or Sertularella conica................ x x x x x ETCCtaeu ees fusiformis......... | x x TUS OS Ales x Ko (eo es tenellas x x x x x x Sertularia anceps.................. x x cOmicina....%..! x x x desmoides............ | x x x stookeyi.......-.--..<. x x x x vers] Uysitecscs x Thuiaria tubuliformis.......... x x x Xi x Aglaophenia diegensis......... x x x dubrass es x inconspicua.... x x Antennella avalonia............. See ex x x Hippurella longicarpa......... x Lytocarpus philippinus........ x x x x 5 dial fl 5. x Monostaechas quadridens... lh 3 x x De ill Ss x Plumularia alternata........... x x x x x x corrugata.......... x ae We 5c x delicata ss floridana........... x x x x INE TIMIS! 2 x lagenifera......... x x x x x x magellanica...... x Seltaceaz 28. x ok D.< x sinuosae ss)... x tenuissima......... x Streptocaulus pulcherrimus x 84 34 | 46 EXPLANATION OF HEADING ABBREVIATIONS Div. A—Oceanic islands; Div. B—Mainland coast south of Balboa; Div C— Mainland coast northwest of Balboa; C4—Central America, really confined to Costa Rica; Col—Colombia; Ec—Ecuador; GofC—Gulf of California; Mex— Mainland of Mexico; NA—North Atlantic; NMEP—Northeast Pacific; Oc— Oceanic; Pan—Panama; SPan—South of Panama; #”7LC—West coast of Lower California. 168 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Although the list of species in the region under consideration is very far from being complete, especially as most of the material was taken from the shallow water not very far from shore, it is quite possible that these species may be quite representative, because the stations for col- lecting were selected with considerable care, at not too distant intervals. The most noticeable gap is that between Costa Rica and Mexico on the Central American coast. Although this is so, the region is so large and the spots touched so almost insignificantly small that the distribution records are necessarily very much scattered; thus it is not possible to draw general conclusions as to distribution routes with any degree of satisfaction. The series of five distribution tables supports and empha- sizes this statement, but still the tables are of interest because they show the trends in many of the species, genera, and even in some of the families. It is scarcely worth-while to remark on these trends in detail. A few instances will suffice to indicate their nature. Of the 213 species listed in Table I, 94 species have been described as new, 119 were previously recorded. Much the greater number, 152, was obtained from Division C, 71% of the total number, with the other two divisions more nearly equal; Division A with 92, 43%, and Di- vision B with 83, 39%. Of the total number 30 were found in each of the three divisions. Besides these, 23 were common to Divisions A and C, 27 to B and C, but only 4 to A and B. Since the number common to A and B, not found in C, is almost negligible, it is reasonable to suppose that Division A has received the 30 species common to the three divisions through Division C rather than through Division B. Of the species listed, only 15 have been reported south of Peru, and all but three of these have also been reported from the Northeast Pacific, the North Atlantic, or both. It would seem that there is quite an effective barrier to hydroid distribution where the Humboldt Current leaves the South American coast to pass westward into the Pacific. There is no indication of any similar barrier north of the equator. Of the 66 species in the list (55% of the 119 species previously re- ported) also recorded from the Northeast Pacific, 36 appeared in Division A and 61 in Divisions B and C. Of the latter, 12 were re- stricted to the west coast of Lower California, 10 others reached the Gulf of California, 7 to the mainland of Mexico, 1 to Costa Rica, 8 to Panama, and 23 were obtained farther south, in Division B. The detailed distribution is shown in Table III. NO. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 169 When the Caribbean Sea was wide open to the Pacific, before the Panama land connection appeared, the hydroid fauna of the West Indian region must have been much similar to that of the contiguous part of the Pacific since 85 species (out of 119, 71%) in this list have been reported in the North Atlantic, mostly from the West Indian region, or along the course of the Gulf Stream. These must all be old established species. The Northeast Pacific, with all the ages since the land connection was made, to the good, has much fewer species in com- mon with the eastern tropical Pacific. As 40 species are common to the Northeast Pacific and to the North Atlantic, there are still 45 species from the North Atlantic that have not yet been reported from the Northeast Pacific. Table IV gives the more detailed description of these 45 species. The proportions are much as one should expect from an examination of the other tables. Table V shows detailed distribution of the hydroids obtained in the vicinity of the Galapagos Islands. Of the 84 species obtained, 17, mostly new, were not found in Division B or Division C, leaving 67 species that were recorded elsewhere, 32 in Division B and 49 in Division C. Of the 32 species in common with Division B, only two have not been reported from Division C, the Northeast Pacific or the North Atlantic. This bears out the previous statement that the additions to the Gala- pagos fauna, as far as hydroids are concerned, herein listed, reached that region through Division C and not to any extent through Division B. Of the 34 species reported also in the Northeast Pacific and 46 also in the North Atlantic, 25 species are common to both. Only five species have been reported from the Pacific south of Peru, and only one of these has not been reported elsewhere. There is a closer relationship between the Galapagos region and Hawaii than between this region and Chili. In the not very extensive collection reported upon by Nutting from the Hawaiian Islands seven species were included that have now been obtained from the Galapagos Islands. Three of these, Acryptolaria pulchella (Allman), Lictorella cervicornis Nutting, and Plumularia delicata Nutting, may be considered to be definitely oceanic. Table II shows the species distribution in the families (18) repre- sented in the collection. In nearly all cases, these families were well dis- tributed throughout the three divisions, and with the exception of two families, each represented by only one species, new species developed during this extension of distribution. 170 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Conditions everywhere seem to have provided opportunities for variation in the Family Hydractinidae (mainly in the genus Hydrac- tinia), where nine species out of ten in the family are described as new; and these new species are equally distributed among the three divisions. The Clavidae, the Tubularidae, and the Synthecidae, with smaller num- bers of species, show much the same situation, except that the Syn- thecidae species were restricted to Divisions B and C. The Lafoeidae is rather partial to the Galapagos region, particularly to the small area near North and South Seymour, Daphne Major and Minor islands, where conditions evidently favored variation in this family. Of the larger families, the Plumularidae has the largest represen- tation as well as the largest number of new species, relatively and abso- lutely. The most prolific small area, especially for the genera Aglao- phenia and Antennularia, is the Gulf of California. Not very far behind is the Family Campanularidae, the only large family that has a greater number of species in common with the Northeast Pacific than with the North Atlantic. The Sertularidae and the Halecidae have not developed so many new species. The Sertularidae, which is so well represented in the Northeast Pacific, is saved from near elimination by the numerous species of Sertularella and Sertularia. In the case of most of the species previously recorded, the records are sufficient to mark out quite well the distribution route, but there are some notable exceptions to this. For example, Streptocaulus pulcherrimus Allman was originally reported from Cape de Verde Islands, and not reported again until several specimens were obtained from the vicinity of Hood and Barrington islands in the Galapagos. Endothecium redupli- catum Fraser, reported previously only from Sagami Bay, Japan, when it was first described, was obtained from Bahia Honda and White Friars. These are not the only species, however, found in common with the Gulf Stream area or Equatorial Current, on the one hand, and in Japanese waters, on the other. INDEX Nos. 1, 2; 35 4 VOLUME 4 No. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 173 INDEX TO SPECIES In papers 1, 2, 3, 4, Volume 4 Note.—Distribution tables are not indexed. Species Page Plate Albretimarial amp hora c.2--c-2cceccc o-oo eee eee ce 134, 136 rCY° bE: Sa eer RE) On SP ee 110 C=. 010 Sf IE aa aa eR 110, 112 16 ACU PLOIALIA CONtentas .xcced fest kph Sees 155 PaucRe ae on eit 134, 136, 155, 156, 169 Aclaopnenta) diegensis:.... 2.0002 56,111 “TKDE Ee aR a2 a er 135, 136 CONS ICU aes oe ee ee eee 56 latinos tris er Vie ee 111 longicanp ait. nec Nee tee yee ee ie Mail 2 5113'5 16 lophocarpa Ae We 111 OCLOC ATP aise cae ee eee eee 111, 156 PUNO MINS2 oe ee ee 1d, 113 16 PDE COIS aires eee ee ree eee 57 13 Prominenss. | het eco 135, 142 Zi | DENG] OF 00 (HE: Miee ttt ed ca ane ee 111, 114 16 ie eee RR, ae RO 517, 1:3)5 Rinvithionides!. 00 Ace aie! 111,135, 156 Syme tri Gaieee ener ee 111, 114 17 Antennella javalonia.s......-2-.c2 se LY py alijs) COMP a Claes aes rae ote oes eee co tesevene eee Sy dete 13 Sracilige se .sens 4 oo ace 58, 135 mAmtennularia altermata-\..) 5 es ee 58 13 COMP acta a: heise ese eae stated tee. aba a alg 17 HIRE CU ai Sheee ws See es ee Se pala tie ale iss 13 ERENCE) oe a see een ee ee Hes OES) 17 SCP tata sccctacecsc sient reste ct sal eee eetesocneese 111, 116 18 Cetnaseriat aie cence ee ee SOV dat 116; 135 14, 18 ISS ST Aref Hc Cp oe ae eee 6m 13 1 ishoraoe agree ee ee ee eee 16, 109, 131 [cael ise oa eee le AE eh Re a 16 2 DY SU ae che wee Ti che Oe ee eee 16 Z {ih oY) | fe heal SEE ae Ai, aR eM ERS 16, 109 VES ti Geena nis tues a Re AD te 8) eS LENS Bommeviella sna Ores cee a ce cee sees sce ecasecereteneenceecees 27 i) OU Carnival lnawena SS eles eee eee ere 175, 131 3 Campanulariagemarounat aan. see eee eae 27, 109 7 I UCSD: UCC fs Bea ae i rn ER ee 8, 158 ETAGCUI TGA L1G cere acces eee secre 27 7 ATIC Kg ie ec ene 28, 109, 132 | oF 0: eee ee ree ere 155 ee KSsICA> / — 5 14 Oe o> y [PO [yP - 7 need | ; 174 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Species Page Plate Campanularia \urceolata. 28, 109, 132 Volubrlisn ron ier note ene ee 28 Campanulinay denticulata.@-- 155 forsicalea.t24 2.22. Me ee es 109 PATIOS eee see eee He 39 9 Cladocarpus distomus 2 ...0.2...02.. 2 156 COT EUG ce RR See 60 14 Cladocoryne pelagiea: 2... Fe ns 25 Clava parva, Meh be pio eA eRe eS 11 1 Clytia Acwtidentata: 02.2 I ih ee ee 28, 109 if QUEUE Ua alae oe at Se Se ho ec awesaecc one 29 Balkcerse: sete. ety cite So ale a hh 132, 136 Carinad@entata:.202-0 22 tee 29 7 COnOMabat tes nO Se A Be eA ae ce 30, 132 Cohid 6 a1 0 by (of: HERann ee nett ree ee ee OR 30, 132 ed wardonice2 iol eR IE yee 30, 109 fascicuiaris. 1.7 MOR eke eg 30, 132 7 WPMD UCU Sass aka oe hence ceca 31 AERO QUA TIS 2c te te RE othe 2 31, 109, 132 8 NG@WMSton i! et )e. oe. Ran A Ee te 32 |Sehb oY oe 10 Vee cme Reb 2 Hy Se Sed 32, 109 lon@icyath a: See eee 2 Be ar 32 longitheca's. 2050 Rohe ER ee 32 IMA CTOCAL PAs soe socees anc es eee eset ates 132, 138 19 MiUMlerden ta tals eess cen cetera ee 32 8 Patid eritatal SM.) ewe ee ace 33 8 SC RU atone eo eet oe, Ae eee Min ne) Nate 33, 132 8 UNEVCrsitati sic. fee soe eee eee 109, 132 Corydendrium: flabellatum....£23.08 2) il 1 Corynetpusill ia: sae tee Oe Be ee 14 1 15) 0 5) 0k eR EN 2 ne 13 Conynitis acassiziies toed oo eee ole eee 13 GCuspidelila humilis. 20 eo ae ee 40 Diphasiapaanmante ote ee eae eee 50 Wiplochedllusiallnaaniie eee ceee eee 60 Endothecium reduplicatum......:...5—...........- 41, 170 Eucopella icalteulata.\ 210... Ween, 132, 136 EVR GasS sk ee ee a th 34, 132 14 141 10) eanteastee age nae. | Moses Ue haa 34 8 Eueryptolaria’ pinnatas20.. Se) ee es 134, 140 20 Budendrnumy breviessec see eee ee 18 3 capillates.-... Re Pe tee 18 Carneumi oe eee 19 Certicaule: 22e Mes te cae 19 3 XT OU eee eee ee 19 No. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS Species Page Bud en@rram nod os un... onsets nascent 19 SCREW GOXOIS LUD 08 ee en ee 20, 109 SS [sees ene c ne cn ewace cane teen oeencmseatesceeteet 155 emer es ee es 20, 109, 132 ROUMUY Gite So sates ona eeccteee ce ceea ce soetestutceses: 20, 109, 132 Buremmaria dendritica:.---.-.-2 2. hee 14 Birlelhamiits expen sis aes ee ncreceel 47, 110, 134 Gemmiaria) costatass = eee ecencceee 15 CTI OS Bate ete een se ees rae cette eee 15 Gonothyraecaticlarkiis ee eee 34 mel CULT geese eee cere ease cee ee eeescoene 35, 109, 132 Seta 1S eee eee ee 35, 133 PLalecmiml argente wis. .c: see ccna 2 eee receceeeneree, 155 AMEN GUL OS UT ee ese ees 41 I carn We eee ee ee ee 41, 110, 133 bermudensetts sone ee 41 Coa) gl gL 8 here Df ¢ 0 eee ae ee ee SE EE 41 PASCICUL atts eesers eee ee ee 42 flatbve lil artrntri ese snes ete cne seen 42 Sractl em ae ee ee 42, 110, 155, 156 | OWN SLC a 0a Deepen ea ee Bee see 42, 133 TVS OMG Tn See sree eee a ieee eae 43, 133 5221 GY 60 eae a Ee eee 43, 110, 133 pet ravn enn een ee ae aes 110 TE DUT AN ete eee ese geet 43, 133 temmel errr tsetse oe cee eee 44,110, 133 10) 0 (a 1335139 10) 00 08 Vea et 44, 133 SU (cl eR S eee eae cee sce scene enasasnaaccessereeeeecr! 44 NAPE RUODU OYE (0) 0 eee oe ee pe ere 45, 133 Etebellaycalcarcataren secs enter ne es 46, 110 Happurella longicarp a. oe nc sees ccctemece 135, 136 Piydractiita; CarouM ae ee oe nine sete tac 21 Miswumeta. +. Pee 21 Ch ON CS 01 0) 8 a) ee 21 } RET C0 tLe oe 22 1 Koy nay bs) op 0: eee ae ee 22, 132 PUVA LHS POU Ae oe 2 ee set aco cs ned anewe 23, 132 Poliyeanp ans eee aera 23 @uadrigemina: <2 so ccccateenctesee 24 FEUER OF ae EE 1325 137) Weatoea Convralll a riier eee neces teen aeeeaceceeeeeeeare 1155 CUumnOS ae SERS ee ee 110 fee tor | | ia: Bere eee ee 155 TVET TY © CLA see eae a 47, 134 onNnP HHP HP PS — 176 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS Species Page leictorellaiadhaerens!2- ee 48 CELVECORRIS! cs. Sais aie eric 48, 134, 169 TUL CON Gey eM era 155 TLov.enella nod os aio eek Sei ha) ate koa 40, 133 Prod tetas | SA we eek eh ee eas 40, 109 PUP OS Bese ae he El hes alte 133, 138 Ieytocarpus)philippinus222) Soa ee eee GTA, ASS 56 Mionostaechas quadridens=!..2 2s 61, 111, 135 @belravialternmatals: 22ers okey oh aeeels elas 35 articulataee. dic iain mete else on dey 36 Castella tele. s sien Wee ee el 3 eA ooa 155 COMMissuralis es eee Be eee 36, 133 GIGhOCOI aes eee SU he ae 36, 133 Equilateralis: oun oe aN ee oe 36 Genicwlatarc:. 7o) 2) 0.0 |: ana RSS 2 a 66, 136 15 19) 0): |: 136, 143 21 SOLACE Bec sc5. 2.5.25 ete sake ere on cast 66, 111, 136 STENUOS ae eens ede ee 67, 136 15 tenuissimat ees Cele 111, 117;,.136 18 Rodoconynesmneticulata soe eee tee eee 24 5 Scandia) cornig ata: 2 <2 Se ccc te ee cates 46, 110, 133 11 (SB: ] OE 0 a nee 133, 140 20 FOAL OEE Dy SS eo eo or eed er eee 47, 110, 133 Sehizotricha) tenellaiz.--..2-2-2 Paes 67 Sertularellaeamnpulllace assess cee nace eee ences 51, 110, 134 12 (een s cea ee ere eee eee 134, 136, 141 20 CONT Cae eee ees. Sere eh te seen 51, 134 CheC tat an ees ee tes cecer eee 134, 141 21 (S51) FS oe ep a RE © Al ual eoeee ene 51 12 IOV 000 (he Lae ae eae ee cee 52, 134 AUSIEORIM IS 222 -te seer ioe 52 TNC LS eae eee Ek ec rege 52 12 POC eT S182. een i poset 110 PUTS OS a otecs: sccese-cccects teeta ook eacncecoaseans 52, 134 tere catia a ee ce a cee 53, 134 (0) 0) (fee ene nee 156 TOD 29 (0 OA een ae ap ener EE 53 Sertullanta cance psi. s- te See es ee 53, 135 13 COLIICIIN Deen ee eee 54, 110, 135 Gesmoid esi 22. 2k. ee 54, 110 iapan sie Cis ee Ee oS 54, 135 13 (50 2g FV ee ae ee ee een 54, 135 Eat Gel tea ee ee a oo EL a 55, 110, 135 INAV CRU se ee ee Es eee 5S CO) ofS ROLY EW Lae er en 135, 136 F070) Cog De ee 55,135 SVC ES UV S Teste oes es eee oe savas ecabtoesencs 55 Silicularia pedunculata. 2.22... Soee recs 39 Streptocaulus pulcherrimus._....-——_.---.--22<0—= 67, 136, 170 Symcorynle Hexihts! cz cocectecneen 15 2 TU DN 1 eee en eae 15 Sim CNS ITT ACIS ec oa eS esac 49, 134 PURGT CCE NITES 50.22 5-5 ates as eects 49, 134 11 refer (a rr eae ee ee a 49 11 Sy IM WICtCIC UM a 50, 134 12 blue Sipe mess se ees 55, 135 13 178 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Species Page Plate sphurariavtubulitorniiss 2s eee eo eee ee -56, 135, 156 Whtubiclaya axa sr ee ee ee 12 triserialis.e2.. 23. VANE 12 1 ANubwlariavieroce deci. 8 ee ey ie eee 26 HONG a so sa AN Es Ie 26 5 multitentaculataees ee. ees 26 6 SP a oan A ok Sate 25 Wurritopsis mutriculas eet ee 12513 Zancleal yprotectarc. ste wa Ea a 15, 156 Tb ex oy oy niyi) Kalo-0\ (6) set fall (Syl Scene Uni doeinace eee EE 156 ERRATA In Volume 4, Number 1: the explanation of Plate 6, Figure 25 should read: ‘ubularia multitentaculata. In Volume 4, Number 2: Plate 16, Plate 17, and Plate 18 were omitted from the title. In Volume 4, Number 3: Plate 19, Plate 20, and Plate 21 were omitted from the title. REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, IN 1939, IN 1940, AND IN 1941, HYDROITDS OF THE ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS SINCE MARCH 1938 (PLATES 22-48) By C. McLEAN FRASER Tue UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 4, NUMBER 5 IssUED APRIL 21, 1948 Price $2.50 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES 7, CALIFORNIA HYDROIDS OF THE ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS SINCE MARCH, 1938 C. McLEAN FRASER INTRODUCTION In previous papers (numbers 1-4 in volume 4 of the Allan Hancock Publications), all of the hydroids obtained in the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions up to the end of March, 1938, that were readily available, were considered. After that date there was continued activity in collecting from the Velero III until the ship was taken over by the Navy in the autumn of 1941. These activities were confined largely to the waters of Southern California, the west coast of Lower California and the Gulf of California. There was one longer trip in 1939, when the Velero III was taken to Balboa, through the Panama Canal and eastward in the Caribbean Sea as far as Trinidad (The Caribbean hydroids have been written up in a separate paper). Since the Velero III was taken over, collecting has not been very extensive. There has been occasional local collecting, and in July and August, 1942, the Coos Bay region of the Oregon coast was investigated to some extent. This collecting, and par- ticularly that carried out from the Velero III has been very fruitful. If the other marine animal groups are as well represented as the hydroids are, the collections will form the basis for research for many a day. The hydroids, recognized as such, that were set aside at the time of collecting, made an extensive collection of themselves, but this has been greatly increased through the efforts of Dr. Irene McCulloch, and of others working under her direction. A search for additional hydroids was made throughout the general, marine collections, with notable success. Accordingly, when the whole of the Hancock collection of hydroids, not previously examined, was presented for examination, the amount of the material was somewhat staggering. However, in time it was all examined, and this paper has been prepared to report on the results. In covering this hydroid material, 2,250 separate identifications were necessary. Eliminating the distribution duplicates, over 1,500 additional distribution records were provided, enough to change the whole face of distribution problems in the Eastern Pacific. The finding of new species is always of considerable interest, of course, but here the importance of such somewhat sinks into insignificance, when compared with the value [179 ] 180 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 of the additional distribution data. So many species, described previously from only one location, and hence of which practically nothing could be learned as to their distribution, have appeared again in this collection, some of them many times, and in so many species, the known distribution range has been much extended, or gaps have been filled, so that the clarity of the distribution picture has been sensibly increased. In spite of all these additional records, there are still 47 species with but one distribution record each. Hence although the distribution picture is much clearer than previously, much more collecting must be done before it is anywhere near being wholly satisfactory. In this collection, 274 species were identified, as compared with 212 in previous Hancock collections; 142 species were common to both lots, little more than half the number in this recent collection. At present, therefore, 344 species of hydroids have been identified from the Hancock Pacific collections. Of the 37 species reported from the Hancock collec- tion in the Caribbean Sea, 23 have appeared in the Eastern Pacific as well. The 14 not reported from the Eastern Pacific, added to the 344 species from the Eastern Pacific, give a total of 358 species thus far identified in the Hancock collections. Now, 464 species of hydroids have been reported from the Eastern Pacific from Peru northward as compared with 435 from the northwest Atlantic. (To this number should be added another species, Cordylophora lacustris Allman, not before this reported from the Eastern Pacific area. Some excellent specimens were collected early in this year, 1946, by Dr. Robert C. Miller, California Academy of Sciences, in Lake Merced, Oakland, California. This increases the number to 465.) ‘The paper is prepared on the same general plan as paper No. 1, with the same treatment of synonymy, etc. In the matter of illustrations, natural size figures of new species have been included as they have been for all species in the Pacific and Atlantic hydroid papers, since system- atists in general seem to find such illustrations useful in diagnosis. The enlarged drawings, unless otherwise indicated, have the same magnifica- tion, 20 diameters, so that they can readily be compared with previous illustrations. So little literature has been cited that is not included in earlier citations, especially in paper No. 1, that it is not worth while to include a complete bibliographic list for this paper. As previously, I must pay tribute to the University of Southern California, to Captain Allan Hancock, as Captain of the Velero III, with the various scientists aboard, who have assisted in getting collections together, to all the officers and men of the ship’s company at various ¢ No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 181 times, to Dr. Allan Hancock, as Director of the Allan Hancock Founda- tion, to Dr. Irene McCulloch, who has done so much to get the hydroid collection together, and to other members of the Foundation staff, who have contributed to the venture. I am under continued obligation to the University of British Columbia for providing accommodation and the necessary facilities for carrying on such research. Happily, this introduc- tion provides a good opportunity to recognize and acknowledge all such obligations. DIsTRIBUTION Of the 274 species in this latest collection, 50 are described as new, and in 4 other species, the gonosome has been described for the first time. Since the collection has covered little new ground, it seems to be more useful to make some general observations on the whole Eastern Pacific Hancock collection rather than to confine them to this recent collection. To consider in detail the distribution data of each of the 274 species would be a big task in itself, and the results obtained would be quite outside the scope of this paper. In a paper on Distribution and Relation- ship in American Hydroids, just published by the University of Toronto Press, 29 families, 108 genera, and 685 species of American hydroids were written up comparatively as to distribution and relationship, and an at- tempt at correlation between these was made when such was possible. These 1,500 additional records change the situation very materially, especially in the region between Point Conception and Cape San Lucas. If these additional records are considered in detail, the results should be presented as an addendum to the distribution volume, but should be asso- ciated with the five papers on the Hancock hydroids of the Eastern Pacific and the single paper on the Caribbean hydroids. In considering the distribution of all of the 344 species of Hancock hydroids from the Eastern Pacific, it seems advisable to present a distri- bution table in which, because of the great increase of distribution records, it is possible to divide the Eastern Pacific into smaller sections, 11 of them, to give a more detailed picture of the whole distribution. These sec- tions are: the oceanic islands (OC), Peru, Ecuador (Ec), Colombia (Col), Panama (Pan), Central America (CA), Mexico (Mex), Gulf of California (G of C), west coast of Lower California (WLC), south- ern California, extending from the southern boundary to Point Concep- tion (SC), and the remainder of the northeast Pacific (NEP). A twelfth column is added to show the species that are found as well in the northwestern Atlantic (NWA). 182 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Table I Distribution Species = 8 = = S ay N Si eS Ley ese es a ee GS & Om SS nO iS Se See Gilaivalap atv aie ee eee Xx Corydendrium flabellatum.................. xX x fruitl COSUM ses x x x fbubiclavay laxa:.- 02 x xX triserialis=. ee ----e x xX ‘urritopsis: nutriculas.c x Xx Mo ex EX x x Baleasirregulanisecs sere eee x Coryne (cornugatas X pusilla ee ee ees x TE DEN Sees sen ete eS xX Cony mitis) agassyz iiss eer eee x x x Eugemmaria dendritica.................-----. x Synconynentexibilisses eres x x x mina bilisee =e x > a> comb. ¢ ZancleanCOstata see een ee xX x PENUNOS Ais ee reece x X x Bimeriasfranciscam aes cee orc rcce ae Kok Sraciliss sok eas x XG EX ae ae eee a laxay eee x PUSH) ae ae ee cccnnes Xe ox Pyamaea ee ee eee x TODUS tae ees eee ee Gil biel 75'¢ erve | eptee ee cee x D Shalt er Why anes < WieStita este tas see xe oe ne eo x X X x Bougainvillia) crassas2)..e---- = x x xX xX x glorietta se ease cec Xue ex Garverayanmil ates sere ere crease x x FOTINOS deseo eee ee X, ox hex eroenlandica ss ee Xe XS Perigonimusigraciligues. ss x TePpens....-.......-----.----------+- x PW eS SD RK KC Ky ees TODUStUS eee X ae SERDeN Shee ares x °x Kudendrium’album=s. x x attenuatums 2S) XOX ak x brevier ee ee x xX californicum =. x x capillare== X X Sel ON FENCE Carneum See xX XOX Ke certicaule xX cochleatum!==2-2=-sse-=s: See Se X ata exit UUme ee 5 Se x No. 5 Species oc eEXimMilmM se MOG OS tee eee SPO UD t ee rerere RAMOS Useseee eee x ttene) lurniseeeese cere eee x Hydractimia, armata—2--.....-.....-...-- CAOlIM AC reese eens CIS} UN Ctame ee epispon dias. hancockte esses X ROMS PUM Ameo coo ones milleri.......... multispina DOLYCALp a aecerecsereeeeseces PION GCA ese een eesss quadrigemina................- TU SOSae ee eee ae Podocoryne reticulata Pennariactiarelll ace ee seeetccne sn x Cladocoryne pelagica:...................--. x Betopleuraymedia® =... 2. xX smubUlariad CLOCC Asse cree eonee x AN tes Tater ee ree, x Bonneviella minor Campanularia altitheca Castel llatascseee---oe= denticulata-.--—----- GUViETS Be eect emarginata.--_-..-. eraciicaulise 2-1... Xx Ihinckgiee ssa xX integra)... obliqua ota) pf ae nee eee TCE Ol i taeeeseerte ee eeeece LAO KEL oy bere x €lytia acutidentata—.______.__________ x Atte na tance eres Xx Peru FRASER: HYDROIDS 1o) oe ax dtig & Ry tS) Re Ole OS oe Os x . ex x me EX ake exes >: x ke eee ke ook xx x. OX ox ex x x x. x xX x x x x x >.§ x x x x x x xx x x x x ee ox x xk x xox oe aos oe es x x x oe ox x x x 2 Xe > ee 2 x x : aes > oye < x mx > a> < x x eX 184 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 oS Species & iS ee rete Se SS S G a N ree TC ena ee PRON Ra Oe EL Cire Re een Carmmadentataircs eee x COLOMA tate ete sees Oe eee X xX X eylundni Cabs eee se Se OK SK x 5 Cae. Gale. Ga eyo.< Gian stewie wee cee eee Xx Ee SS Xe EX Seem eee ne aR re xX fascicularis Xo kee Xa KS xX hesperia......... ee Sener ee x die S.¢ SDD OKO) ONS) OPUS UE ee eee el Sep xX pe Coe 15K romitekeq lire pee oe ee x x x jOhistoni een eee ee X x Xe eX kincaidi XG SK Xe xe longicyatha aXe nEX: x: XG ek aX: longeathecae ee ee ee x ey Bie OK ANVACTOC ANP aac xX TAVITA Ged see ec sae a ee x ot) oe multidentatasss 2 eee x MLO Lif TT 1S see eee x X Tanldentatan css eee x x x x x x SCV Ga este Bocce aceon x x UMIViersitatisne ee ee Xo Xe xX ox ox ex Hucopellatcaliculata =... x x x (COMPTESS Aes eres ye | Dee ede COVEN Cae ease sane xX Xe exe TUDE © eee ee es oe ee x x Gonothyraeavclarki.2 x x x Sracwlts. oe nesses cotense. Ky UK Xe ac aac Ting ex eee INOLM Atay eee xX Sentaligh- sete ens = x Sorat age ee @beliaalternata= se x ATCC lta taeesree ee arate eee x xX bisertalists ee eee x Castellatatere cies ie eee ee x COMMISSUTalisee= eee ye ee OK Se 8 OR 8% COTOM A Sheena ne xox ich otonnia ee sec see eee x x x X Xi OXGeex Gubias a8. ee ees xX equilateralis= = ee x x @emicuiiatae: nese k ees eters sx X Xe Xe Ex Tea Cree ee cae Sones ee x x x Orth ee eee x x nya) ae eee x KAS aN xX LOTUS ITY ae eee ee eeeeeee x ee (Sd 5% ANI CTOtNe Cae eceee a - ees x x Xx Obtusidens.2 eee x x No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 185 SG ~ Species o ose & S ~~ a oS Se Ww OR Oe, SS ees Plicata—..._..--------nseenneseneeenn-eeo X xe MOK ik Ke CHI OU wh ee ox: EQUUS Sees e enc soeree ene ea, x x xX Silicularia pedunculata xX @alycellatsyrin game eres Xe ok x Campanulina forskalea.....___......... x x AN Cys ae x PATNOS Qe ee x rugosa x @uspidella-prandis:.. 2.2 s2e xX x x un gee eee ee ee xX KX xX: 4 Stegopoma fastigiata...................--.-----. x x Thyroscyphus intermedius..............-.- x x x Campalecium medusiferum...............- xX Endothecium paucinodum............---..-- x x reduplicatum..........-..---- x x Halecium’ annuliatum........-.........-...---- x x ATCICUIOSUMecce--cecceeeeneee X XX. KX beanies ees eae x x x eK | EXCaNEENCN XS MEX bermudense2 Xx x x cornicatumi a a ee De De OM Ca [OX] 1 0 eee tne ee ep x x x1 UUM scenes x fasciculatum D6 flabellatum= tte xX flexiller.2 2 ee ee Sg xX x sxc ra eens xX x TACT Cxereeetecre ees eX, Xe eX x halecinum x xX x xX Xo-x INSOLE Soe eee ee x x x Ko fori a ts Soe x x abroswmessee esses XK KE WX macrocephalum..............----- x x POOLE NB (CHUN DD OO ere eee opener eee > x xX AD ATL UT eee eee ee ee esses ex x x SOREN EUV U) 08 cee eee Xie Xe Xe Dy Suae ue x x TE SU cate eee a eens eraeeeee xX x x telescopic UM se eres eeeeees Xone 186 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 S Species & 5S Desens = S . Be N fs age eee Or Ounce tenellums eee x Xx xe 5% x ox x temire: 52% tee ee x x fOntUMN x xX VUNG: eather eee ae x x x xX WAS MIN OtOM Peso ceceeeeceee sees x x xX x Oe OK EOWA SOD Bess ee een a x x Ophiodissa alternata................--.--.-..-. X X Corrugata ss xX xX EXPAN Sa sre oe xX eis eae Ree oe eek X X 1B ef0d DY S) 9 Spr ere x Hebella icaleanata-<..2=.2-24-2 xX Se 85 ae x Scand tamcornu cata se eee x x Xo Xu ox expansate ssi M224 2s x x x) Se “She NU Cali See eee Xx xX SC) Xx x Atryptolaria conferta:........ xX X Xs pulchellace Sees X xX xX Eucryptolaria’ pinnata——----—------.--- Xx PuVelam’ Se rp CMS seccece sos ese ceo oe eeeae an x XK Ox oxy Exc Se Soc Ss ed WGALOCAMCUITINOS aor reee cece eee ee eran x XCar fruticOSa= te x x xX gracillima XK SX antenme (ia x x x x Regi alesse ee Pe x tenel lula Aes eee eee Xx X Lictorella adhaerens=_ x x x xX Conyalllat ar acess Xx X XN EX! XG, MEX eX Ted a oa ee Ko) XG xX Feed (0 be se x xX Synthecium cylindricum............-.------- x xs ex gracile... > i> ae. x De x Projectunmi se. Xx x xX PICU M ee eteens x xX symmetricum Xe XX Bx: De Abietinaria abietina..................----------. x x x EEO 6) 040) ote Ve eee x x x PN OVER 0: ee eer Geer xox” X OX PANS a..ca_--csec-receteneeneee==-- x XX PTC CM CM ca eee en x xX jf Core (ok: Megane See ere XP PEK ex ET AS Klose sae eae escuctsaceeaeaes XXX Diphasia kincaidi= Xceek eX: LOEB energy Core eee eee eee x Hydrallmania distans me DK Pasya(quadridentatals = ...e eens x X xX XK TEX xX Selaginopsis constans x No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 187 ; rae . Species & e as Sos Ss es N Ou OS a ee Oe ee eevee oy A eeereee teers Kx tuilateralis=ee x x x trisccialis=. x x x Sertularella amphorifera.................... x x x x ampullacea x x x Clausaeeee ee COMICA......-----n--neenn-nneenneens rawib's ore x. 3c, oxox CCC fl tices seseescnsernncecewcceaes= x x x (Sp al) SA See eee x x formosa...... x x x x x fusiformis x x ANCIS Bee ee tee ke aie Ee x multinod ase x pedrensig.2- 723. x x x x x TU OS Baws anne cep nema rnennnnene xX Kol (xe Se ex Eytestl be Reese ete ee ee xX SINUOSAs 52 ee ee x x tenella sete ae acess: See Sc Xe XG OX pe be Ob trcuspidata. ==. x x x x turgida x x xX Sertul aria jane pS isececacss ces eereeaaesccae x X x x cornicina DH m.hue 9.6202. xX dalmasivt ar. 2S 9D. G .< x furcata X Xt Xe eX Miata sete eee x x mayeri ee Xs X X operculata x pourtalesi:..—.- x x Stabilis?=- 2. Xx StOOK CY 1s -ca cas coecenesscnsecescscees- X X XxX x x Thuiaria crisioides X gn Xe Nome Mu: >i GEL OY (O10 Ur ere emer So OK TNSOCI ADU TS2 2. ee eae x xX X xX X x x re 2. Ds x X xX x >. ame? x INCONSPiCUas a De kK. integriseptata............---- XX 188 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 A = S A x Species & S gosh eee LoS Shee NS yey, SIRS Se RS ean ge late-septata x letersi Giese ener x So Ge longicarpa ee x x lophocarpal.- se Ko xX or oe ex: xO XS X ike Lx >, Sali, Sane © >.< prominens......\ =... xX x x PUOPIN Qu ae ee ee ee eeeaeaee Xx Fe heg (eb: bipennate ae x x X xX struthionides................- Mx XxX symmietrica........-.---------- Xx triplex. == ee x SVC NUS Ele et ee oerenmenreen xX Antennella avalonia-...........-.-........- x x Xx x x compacta.... X eracilisz.2e-= eens x x x Antennularia alternata..................----- x compacta... oe) De COnStrictas se x x STACI tse eee x x INCONStANS:c.c2- ee -eeosee ee x x rbayiCeh qt Lae a x TTRE SU arises eee, x x x xX mutabilis= eee xX xX XX xX septata xX x tetrasentatas 2 xX Xx Senn ex: Cladocarpus gracilis: X moderatus x Pin guise eee xe ox. COLEUS! oe ce eee X vancouverensis...........---. oe oe De Diplocheilus allmani..............- x x Hippurella longicarpa x Lytocarpus philippinus................ were xX 5d Dee pe) S\N 5% xX X Monostaechas quadridens.............------ x Xe oe pei 45 'eiD eh Use X Plumularia acutifroms:............-—--..---. x adjectase Awe ee x x Slhiciaws 2 eae ee es x en ie) De NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 189 1e) Species es S Co eS eo> = bs a N £ Sf SS RGSS Os ieee attenuata x x x blarmatat cece x x COLRMU Sabato secccsseecteceec—os X xX KX sxe Poe ox etectay.ee en ee tee x x Gelicatales tee ee, x diaphana SenoereeeresssceSoceberte xX ae od Oe XxX xX excl] 1 Seer eee ee Xx xX xX filieulaw cece Xx x MOT am ae reece, X x xX: > >i > SOOM eee ee es See 5% ARLE TINS eee ee ee x x x hay) (in ee ee xX xX inteo nam ee ee xX ATES UALS seers eee xX lageniierae x x X XxX MX xX & xX magellanica:: 2.2. x Margaretta --222: 2... c2---s-0- x xX > megalocephala.............-.-- x x qe SAN ENN ae eee Xo XG eXeeexe WMICTONEM alee ee xX ae Feu Yo) oN BGs} te ee eee x OX mMUltiramMOSa-.o2-<----s--22---- X miUtabilis see xX Da Tae a eae cesses x X plumularoides................-. xk Propinqu asc 22.8222 xX? Ox xKryx TOVECTS ante ee eens me 5S Oe Septatae roses emer x SCCAGCC He rhe es xX aa Sa Sp, & P< SIMU OSA ee ees x xX oe De x EEMUISSUM Ae ee x x x SVICTIUSt Ae es eee x Schizotricha tenella. 22. ss- x xX x xX Streptocaulus pulcherrimus.............-... x 107 22 57 41 69 27 93 91 139186 128 120 The additional distribution records do much to confirm the general conclusions on distribution routes arrived at on the basis of the early, much more scanty, data and expressed in previous papers, hence it is scarcely necessary to cover the ground again here. It is more plainly evi- 190 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 dent that there is no effective barrier to distribution in the whole Eastern Pacific considered, and that during certain periods in the past, there was no such barrier between the Eastern Pacific and the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea. A crosscheck table, Table II, which gives the number of species restricted to each section, as well as the number in common with each section and each other section, demonstrates this definitely. Table II OC Peru Ec Col Pan Ca Mex GofC WLC SC NEPNWA OC 17 12 25 20 33 13 39 40 43 #47 =~ 40 56 Peru 12 3 6 5 5 5 7 4 11 14 12 10 Ec 25 6 4 195) 525 10 33 18 21 23 14 30 Col 20 5 19 4 20 6 621 ee 7 AL T2523 Pan 33 5 25 20 4 12 44 23 25 28 20 “/ CA 13 5 10 6 12 0 15 13 15 14 12 14 Mex 39 7 33 2 44515 6 32 430 44-—~<“aD NS GofC 40 4 18 14 8923 13 32 9 52, 193 25 37 WLC 43 11 21 72D 15 43 52 10 98 66 51 SC 47 14 8 623 21 28 14 44 53 98 16. AZ Gr, NEP 40 12 14 12) » 20 12, 729) 25 66 112 3 61 NWA 56 10 30) +23 37 14 45 Siy/ 51 675 61 - Of the 127 species from the Eastern Pacific north of Point Concep- tion, 3 have not been obtained farther south, 4 have been obtained as well in the Atlantic but not farther south in the Pacific. The southern limit for the remaining 120 species is indicated in Table III, where the first line gives the number of species in each section where the species has not been reported from the oceanic area, and the second line when the species has been reported from the oceanic area as well. Table III SC WLC GofC Mex CA Pan Col Ec Peru OC(Alone) ils 30 23 8 ob 3 3 4 4 2 Zz 2. 3 1 6 4 - 6 2 7 10 - Of the 129 Hancock species that have appeared in the northwest At- lantic as well, 61 have extended northward into NEP, 19 to SC, 12 to NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 191 WLC, 7 to Gof C, 7 to Mex, 1 to CA, and 2 to Pan only. Of those which have extended southward, 10 reached Col, 30 to Ec, and 10 to Peru. Of those that appeared in the oceanic areas, there are no inter- mediate records for 5, 27 may have traveled either by way of the southern route or by the northern route, 21 by the nerthern route only, and 3 by the southern route only. A table, Table IV, shows very well the value of the recent collection, since it gives the specific standing in each hydroid family in the Hancock collection as it was in March, 1938, when the previous papers were prepared, and as it is now. The third column gives the percentage in each case. It is largely in the area between Point Conception and Cape San Lucas, that the increase has taken place; 54 percent of the species in the Hancock collection as it is at present, has been obtained in the waters off Southern California, and 40 percent, off the west coast of Lower Cali- fornia. Table IV Families Previous Present % Increase Clavidae 5 6 20 Tubidendridae 1 1 - Corynidae 8 9 12.5 Atractylidae 9 17 88.9 Eudendridae 9 15 66.7 Hydractinidae 10 13 30 Pennaridae 1 1 - Cladocorynidae 1 1 - Tubularidae 4 5 25 Bonneviellidae 1 1 - Campanularidae 43 65 Sed Campanulinidae 6 14 133.3 Halecidae 21 37 85.7 Hebellidae 4 4 - Lafoeidae 7 14 100 Synthecidae 4 5 25 Sertularidae 29 50 72.4 Plumularidae 50 86 72 Total 213 344 61.5 192 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 SYSTEMATIC DiscUSSION Suborder GYMNOBLASTEA Family Clavidae Genus COR YDENDRIUM Corydendrium (?) fruticosum Fraser Corydendrium fruticosum FRASER, Vancouver Island Hyd., 1914, p. 112. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 21. Distribution —1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif., 47-48 fath- oms ; 2%4 miles SW of Seal Rocks, Santa Catalina Island, 87-90 fathoms ; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms. Genus TUBICLAVA Tubiclava laxa Fraser Tubiclava laxa FRASER, Hancock Hyd. 1, 1938, p. 12. Distribution —Avalon Bay, Santa Catalina Island, 82-88 fathoms. Tubiclava triserialis Fraser Tubiclava triserialis FRASER, Hancock Hyd. 1, 1938, p. 12. Distribution—Chacahua Bay, Mexico, 10-15 fathoms. Genus TURRITOPSIS Turritopsis nutricula McCrady Oceania nutricula McCrapy, Proc. Elliott Soc., 1859, pp. 55-90. Turritopsis nutricula McCrapy, ibid., p. 127. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 12. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 131. Distribution —San Lorenzo Channel, Gulf of California, 6-13 fath- oms. Family Corynidae Genus CORYNE Coryne (P) corrugata Fraser Coryne corrugata Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 27. Distribution—Willow Anchorage, Santa Cruz Island, Calif., low tide. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 193 Genus SYNCORYNE Syncoryne mirabilis (Agassiz) Coryne mirabilis AGAssiz, Contr. Nat. Hist. U. S., IV, 1862, p. 185. Syncoryne mirabilis FRAsER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 15. Distribution.—FEast of Point Fermin, Calif., shore. Family Atractylidae Genus BIMERIA Bimeria franciscana Torrey Bimeria franciscana Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 28. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 31. Distribution —Off San Nicolas Island, Calif., 30 fathoms; San Diego, shore. Bimeria gracilis Clark Bimeria gracilis CLARK, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 252. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 31. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 16. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 131. Distribution—San Luis Obispo Bay, Calif., 8-14 fathoms; off Tyler Bight, San Miguel Island, shore; south of San Miguel Island, 5-15 fath- oms; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-21 fathoms; off Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 43 fathoms; % mile north of Platt Point, Santa Cruz Island, 36-47 fathoms; 314 miles SE of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 125-135 fathoms; 314 miles south of Hueneme, 29-30 fathoms; off Redondo Canyon; 3 miles off Seal Cove, 11 fathoms; 6 miles SE of San Pedro breakwater, 20-25 fathoms; off Abalone Point, Laguna Beach, 54-57 fathoms; San Pedro Channel, 12 miles SE of New- port, 235-250 fathoms; off Newport Inlet, 6-8 fathoms; landing on Bal- boa Peninsula, off Newport Inlet, intertidal ; Isthmus Cove, Santa Cata- lina Island, 80-100 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-30 fathoms; Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 15-22 fathoms; off La Jolla, 23 fathoms; San Diego, low tide; 434 miles east of South Coronado Island, 14 fathoms; south of Tiburon Island, Gulf of California, 20 fathoms; Ensenada de San Francisco, Sonora, 15-22 fathoms; off Isabel Island, Mexico, 15-25 fathoms; Port Parker, Costa Rica, 3-8 and 5-10 fathoms. 194 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Bimeria (P) pusilla Fraser Bimeria pusilla FRASER, Some new and some previously unreported Hyd., 1925; p. 168. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 32. Distribution —3% miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms ; 34 mile SE of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms; Anaheim Land- ing, floating docks. Bimeria (?P) robusta Torrey Bimeria robusta Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 29. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 32. Distribution.—2¥Y miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15- 21 fathoms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, Calif., 11 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 4-20 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite Point Eugenio, Lower California, 21-24 fathoms. Bimeria (P) tenella Fraser Bimeria tenella FRASER, Some new and previously unreported Hyd., 1925, p> 168. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 33. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 16. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution—Hallmark Dock, Charleston, Ore., intertidal; 8% miles south of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite Point San Eugenio, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; Concepcién Bay, Gulf of California, low tide; Ensenada de San Francisco, Sonora, 18 fathoms. Genus BOUGAINVILLIA Bougainvillia crassa Fraser Bougainvillia crassa FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 17. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 131. Distribution—Off San Jose Point, Guatemala, 12-13 fathoms; Pa- nama City, Panama, shore; 914 miles SW of Zorritos Light, Peru, shore. Bougainvillia glorietta Torrey Bougainvillia glorietta Torrey, Hyd. San Diego, 1904, p. 7. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 37. Distribution—Offt White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 25-38 fath- oms; Dewey Channel, opposite Point San Eugenio, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 195 Genus GARVEIA Garveia annulata Nutting Garveia annulata NutTTING, Hyd. Harriman Exped., 1901, p. 166. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 33. Distribution.—Pacific Grove, Calif., Tyler Bight, San Miguel Island, shore; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 12-18 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, shore; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 19-21 fathoms; off Santa Catalina Island. Garveia formosa (Fewkes) Perigonimus formosus FEWKES, New Invert. Calif. Coast, 1889, p. 6. Garveia formosa Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 35. Distribution —6%4 miles ENE of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 300 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms. Garveia groenlandica Levinsen Garveia groenlandica LEVINSEN, Meduser, Ctenophorer, og Hydroider, etc., 1893, p. 155. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 35. Distribution——5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms. Genus PERIGONIMUS Perigonimus repens (Wright) Eudendrium repens WRiGHT, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edin., 1858, p. 448. Perigonimus repens Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 38. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 17. Fraser, idid., 3, 1938, p. 131. Distribution—Off Coos Bay, Ore., 35 fathoms; 2.6 miles east of East Point, Santa Rosa Island, 47-49 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 4.20 fathoms; off Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 101 fathoms; 1% mile east of Abalone Point, Laguna Beach, 44-46 fathoms; off San Nico- las Island, 28-31 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 fath- oms; east of San Francisco Island, Gulf of California, 60 fathoms; north of White Friars Islands, Mexico, 15-20 fathoms; Chacahua Bay, 10-15 and 45-50 fathoms; off San Jose Point, Guatemala, 20 fathoms; SE of Daphne Major Island, Galapagos, 55 fathoms; Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fathoms. 196 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PPerigonimus robustus Fraser ?Perigonimus robustus FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 17. FrAsER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 137. Distribution —Chacahua Bay, Mexico, 10-15 fathoms. Perigonimus serpens Allman Perigonimus serpens ALLMAN, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), XI, 1863, p. 10. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 38. Distribution —5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms. Family Eudendridae Genus EUDENDRIUM Eudendrium album Nutting Eudendrium album Nuttine, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 1, 1898, pol: Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 61. Distribution—Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. Eudendrium attenuatum Norman Eudendrium attenuatum NorMAN, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), 13, 1864, p. 83. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 63. Distribution—5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fath- oms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 55-60 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms ; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; off Santa Maria Bay, 30-40 fathoms. Eudendrium breve Fraser Eudendrium breve FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 18. Distribution—Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; entrance to Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Gala- pagos, 50-60 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 197 Eudendrium californicum Torrey Eudendrium californicum ‘Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 32. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 39. Distribution.—Pacific Grove, Calif.; north of Santa Barbara Island, 15-20 fathoms. Eudendrium capillare Alder Eudendrium capillare ALpER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), 18, 1856, DiooD: Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 40. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 18. Distribution—3% miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms ; Y4 mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 26 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; San Juanico Bay, Lower Calif., 24 fathoms ; off Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, 35 fathoms. Eudendrium carneum Clarke Eudendrium carneum CLARKE, Hyd. Chesapeake Bay, 1882, p. 137. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 19. Distribution Off Consag Rock, Gulf of California, 40-45 fathoms ; north of Clarion Island, 30-50 fathoms. Eudendrium certicaule Fraser Eudendrium certicaule FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 19. Distribution.—8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms. Eudendrium cochleatum Allman Eudendrium cochleatum ALLMAN, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 8. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 66. Distribution —Off Rosario Bay, Lower Calif., 15 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 120 fathoms; San Lorenzo Channel, Gulf of California, 3-5 fathoms; Salinas Bay, Carmen Island, 20 fath- oms. Eudendrium exiguum Allman Eudendrium exiguum ALLMAN, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 6. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 19. Distribution—Secas Islands, Panama, 12 fathoms. 198 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Eudendrium eximium Allman Eudendrium eximium ALLMAN, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 5. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 68. Distribution —Off Rocky Point, Sonora, Mexico, 10 fathoms. Eudendrium rameum (Pallas) Tubularia ramosa PALLAS, Elench. Zooph. 1766, p. 83. Eudendrium rameum FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 42. Distribution—Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; off Lobos de Afuera Island, Peru, shore and 25-30 fathoms. Eudendrium ramosum ( Linn.) Tubularia ramosa LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1302. Eudendrium ramosum FrAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 42. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 20. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution—Redondo Beach, Calif., shore; east of Point Fermin, shore; 6 miles SE of San Pedro breakwater, 20-21 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 45-46 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; off Rocky Point, Sonora, Mexico, 10 fathoms; off Bal- lenas Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California, 25 fathoms; off Lobos de Afuera Island, Peru, 25-30 fathoms. Eudendrium tenellum Allman Eudendrium tenellum ALLMAN, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 8. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 43. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 20. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution—3™% miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; 1 mile SE of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 15-21 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, shore; off San Pedro, shore; 11 miles south of Seal Beach, 82-95 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, Lower Calif., 75 fath- oms; San Gabriel Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California, 24 fathoms; south of San Esteban Island, 35 fathoms; off Cape San Fran- cisco, Ecuador, 15 fathoms; at entrance to Tagus Cove, Albemarle Is- land, Galapagos, 50-60 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 199 Eudendrium tenue A. Agassiz Eudendrium tenue A. Acassiz, N. A. Acalephae, 1865, p. 160. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 20. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. FrAsER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution.—1¥4 miles east of Cardwell Point, San Miguel Island, 20-21 fathoms; 2%4 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms; 14 mile south of Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 34-41 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, shore ; 8% miles south of Cedros Island, 60-65 fathoms ; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 64-65 fathoms ; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, Gulf of Cali- fornia, 10 and 46-75 fathoms. Family Hydractinidae Genus HYDRACTINIA Hydractinia armata Fraser Hydractinia armata Fraser, Hyd. Calif. Coast, 1940, p. 39. Distribution —Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 15-22 fathoms ; off San Nicolas Island, 30 fathoms. Hydractinia milleri Torrey Hydractinia milleri Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 34. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 47. Distribution —East of Point Fermin, shore; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 19-21 fathoms. Hydractinia multispina Fraser Hydractinia multispina Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 23. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution.—SE of Daphne Major Island, Galapagos, 55 fathoms. Hydractinia polycarpa Fraser Hydractinia polycarpa Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 23. Distribution—North end of Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 80-85 fathoms. 200 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Hydractinia prolifica, new species Plate 22, Fig. 1 Trophosome.—Colony covers closely a large gastropod shell. Nutri- tive zooids are placed close together around the margin, but they are pretty well crowded out of the portion of the shell farthest from the margin. The individual zooids have great power of extension even for Hydractinia, the longest observed being 4 mm. The tentacles are fewer than usual, 12-15. Spines—The spines are long, up to 0.75 mm, and very numerous; usually smooth, but sometimes rough or even spiny on the margin. Gonosome.—(Only male colony observed.) The generative zooids are crowded on the more protected portion of the shell; they are small, about 1.0 mm in length, without tentacles. The gonophores are large for the size of the hydrocaulus, scattered but relatively close together, as many as 6 of them, on the one zooid. Other Zooids.—No sensory or defensive zooids could be distinguished in the preserved specimens. Distribution —Station 944-39, 10 miles SW of Secas Islands, Pana- ma, 30 fathoms. Remarks.—This species resembles H. echinata (Fleming) more than any of the species so far reported from the Pacific coast, but the gono- phores are more numerous, the spines longer, more slender, with less tendency to form secondary spines, and much more numerous. If the distribution range of H. echinata were more propitious it might seem possible that HH]. prolifica was derived from that species. Family Pennaridae Genus PENNARIA Pennaria tiarella (Ayres) Globiceps tiarella Ayres, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1854, p. 193. Pennaria tiarella McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 153. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 25. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution—San Pedro, Calif.; San Francisco Bay, east of Panama City, shore ; off La Libertad, Ecuador, 10 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 201 Family Tubularidae Genus ECTOPLEURA Ectopleura media, new species Plate 22, Fig. 2 Trophosome.—The solitary zooid grows to a height of 2 cm, but the pedicel is not particularly stout (0.75 mm in diameter) ; it is entirely free of annulations, but there is a constriction at the terminus. The proximal tentacles are long, about 30 in number; the distal tentacles relatively short, but they are more numerous, nearly 50. Gonosome.—The peduncle that supports the medusa buds consists of a short main axis from which short, stout pedicels are given off, and these are terminated by medusa buds, which, when well developed, are nearly spherical. Distribution.—Station 311-35, off Bindloe Island, Galapagos, in 20 fathoms. Remarks.—This is the first species of Ectopleura that has appeared in the Eastern Pacific. It has much the same general appearance as other species of the genus, but in its special features it is quite different. In the relative length of the basal and oral tentacles, it more nearly resembles E. grandis Fraser, but in that species they are much fewer, with the same number in the two series, 14-16. Genus TUBULARIA Tubularia crocea (Agassiz) Parypha crocea AGAssiz, Contr. Nat. Hist. U. S., IV, 1862, p. 249. Tubularia crocea FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 51. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 26. Distribution—Off Fossil Point, Coos Bay, Ore., 4-6 fathoms; Re- dondo Beach, Calif., shore and on anchor chain; 3 miles SW of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms. Tubularia marina Torrey Tubularia marina Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 46. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 53. Distribution.—Floating docks, Balboa, Calif.; San Diego, shore. 202 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Suborder CALYPTOBLASTEA Family Campanularidae Genus CAMPANULARIA Campanularia altitheca, new species Plate 23, Fig. 3 Trophosome.—Colony, 20 mm, consists of a fascicled, unbranched stem, and hydrothecae with long pedicels. There are not many tubes in the fascicle; each one, instead of ending abruptly, passes out to form the pedicel of a hydrotheca, the terminal one being much longer than the others, the free portion 3.5 mm in length; the pedicels of the others, al- though not so long, are still of considerable length, up to 2 mm. Each pedicel has 2-3 annulations at the base of the hydrotheca; those that ter- minate the tubes of the fascicle have no other annulations; those that do not have 1-3 annulations at the base. The hydrothecae are large, 1.0 x 0.5 mm, not far from being cylindrical except for the rounding of the base. The margin is provided with 10 emarginate, deeply-cut teeth. Gonosome.—Gonangia grow from the tubes of the fascicled stem, much similar in shape and size to those of C. flexuosa Hincks (2.0 x 0.5 mm), nearly cylindrical, tapering to the base, and truncate distally, the walls slightly wavy, or sometimes definitely corrugated. Distribution.—Station 1012-39, south of Pyramid Cove, San Cle- mente Island, Calif., 55-69 fathoms: gonosome, Station 618-37, San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 75 fathoms; 2%4 miles SE of Seal Rocks, Santa Catalina Island, 87-90 fathoms; 4 miles north of Todos Santos Island, Lower Calif., 40 fathoms. Campanularia (P) castellata Fraser Campanularia castellata FRASER, Some new and previously unreported Hyd., 1925, p. 170. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 59. Distribution—3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17-18 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; east of San Esteban Island, Gulf of California, 20-70 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 203 Campanularia denticulata Clark Campanularia denticulata CLARK, Alaskan Hyd., 1876, p. 213. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 60. Distribution 3% miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms ; off Balboa Peninsula, Newport Inlet, intertidal ; % mile off White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 33-37 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island 28-31 fathoms; off Rocky Point, Sonora, Mexico, 10 fathoms; Tenacatita Bay, shore. Campanularia (P) diversa, new species Plate 23, Fig. 4 Trophosome.—Colonies, up to 3.5 cm, each consists of a main stem, stout, rigid, strongly but loosely fascicled, with the branches simple unless in the proximal portion, short, slender, irregularly arranged, in strong contrast, as far as appearance goes, to the stem; the primary branches may branch again. The branch is annulated with 5-6 annulations, im- mediately distal to the base of the branchlets, or the pedicels of the hydro- thecae. The hydrotheca is supported on a short pedicel, annulated throughout or nearly so; the hydrotheca is large, among the largest in the Campanularidae, long, with gracefully curved sides, the diameter gradu- ally and regularly increasing from base to margin, 1.3 x 0.5 mm. The margin is provided with 11-12 teeth, deeply cut, with rounded sinuses, each tooth with 2 acute cusps, the sinus, relatively deep and rounded. Gonosome.—WNot observed. Distribution.—All of the colonies examined were obtained from Sta- tion 1401-41, 614 miles ENE of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, in 300 fathoms, in each case closely associated with large colonies of Acryptolaria conferta Allman. Remarks.—This species shows much greater resemblance to C. gelati- nosa (Pallas) than to any other American species. The fascicled stem is similar, the branching is quite different as the complete branch cor- responds very well with only the terminal portion of one of the much more numerous branches of C. gelatinosa. Since the branches are so few, so small, and so scattered, there is nothing here to give the gelatinous appearance of the colony of C. gelatinosa. The hydrotheca is similar in shape but not in size, as both length and diameter are almost twice as 204 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 great as they are in C. gelatinosa. The teeth on the margin are more deeply cut, as are also the acute cusps on each tooth. If the gonangia turn out to have as much similarity, there can be little doubt that C. diversa was derived directly from the species C. gelatinosa. Campanularia (P?) emarginata Fraser Campanularia emarginata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 27. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution —3¥Y% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 35- 38 fathoms; 344 miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 10 fathoms. Campanularia exigua (Sars) Laomedea exigua Sars, Middelhavet’s Littoral Fauna, 1857, p. 50. Campanularia exigua FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 60. Distribution—Off San Pedro, Calif., exact location and depth not recorded. Campanularia hincksi Alder Campanularia hincksi ALDER, Trans. Tynes F. C., 1857, p. 127. Campanularia hincksii ALDER, Trans. Tynes F. C., 1857, p. 127. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 63. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 28. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution —Charleston, Ore., intertidal; 314 miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-37 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 61-63 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California, 78-90 fathoms. Campanularia integra MacGillivray Cam panularia integra MACGILLIVRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (1) IX, 1842, p. 465. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 64. Distribution——3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23- 26 fathoms; landing, Balboa Peninsula, Newport Inlet, intertidal; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 18-19 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 205 Campanularia (?) obliqua Clarke Campanularia obliqua CLARKE, Albatross Hyd., 1907, p. 9. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 4, p. 155. Distribution.—FEast of Point Fermin, Calif., shore. Campanularia ritteri Nutting Campanularia ritteri NUTTING, Harriman Hyd., 1901, p. 171. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 66. Distribution.—Charleston, Ore., intertidal; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-21 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 19-20 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 45 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 4 miles NE of buoy, Cortes Bank, 125-131 fathoms. Campanularia urceolata Clark Campanularia urceolata CLARK, Alaskan Hyd., 1876, p. 215. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 67. FrAsER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1937, p. 28. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution.—Charleston, Ore., shore; near mouth of Salinas River, Monterey Bay, Calif., 10-13 fathoms; off Pacific Grove; off Point Arguello, 15-20 fathoms; Tyler Bay, San Miguel Island, shore; off Bechers Bay, Santa Rosa Island, 16 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 2.6 miles east of South Point, 17-20 and 23-26 fathoms; 6 miles east of South Point, 28-30 fathoms; 3 miles SW of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, 19-20 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 45 fathoms; 34 mile SE of Cat Rock, 23-25 fathoms; 4 miles east of landing, Santa Barbara Island, 40 fathoms; off Santa Monica; east of Point Fermin, shore; Anaheim Slough; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; 3% miles west of Huntington Beach, 17-18 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 7 miles east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 228-267 fathoms; 1 mile NW of White Cove, 2-3 fathoms; 4 miles NE of buoy, Cortes Bank, 125-131 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 25-28 fathoms; 734 miles south of Point Loma, 30-33 fathoms; 124 miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Nativi- dad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms. 206 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Genus CLYTIA Clytia acutidentata Fraser Clytia acutidentata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 28. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution—North of White Friars Islands, Mexico, 15-20 fathoms. Clytia bakeri Torrey Clytia bakeri Torrey, Hyd. San Diego, 1904, p. 16. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 71. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution.—Long Beach, Calif. Clytia cylindrica Agassiz Clytia cylindrica AGAssiz, Nat. Hist. U. S., IV, 1862, p. 306. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 71. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 30. FrasER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution —Off Cape Arago Light, Coos Bay, Ore., intertidal; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 17-20 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, Calif., shore; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; off Cape San Francisco, Ecuador, 15 fathoms; off Manta Bay, 1 fathom; San Nicolas Bay, Peru, 10-25 fathoms; Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos, 12 fathoms. Clytia edwardsi (Nutting) Campanularia edwardsi NUTTING, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 346. Clytia edwardsi FrasEr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 72. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 30. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution—5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; landing on Balboa Peninsula, Newport Inlet, intertidal; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; Rosario Bay, Lower Calif., 10-15 fathoms; Ensenada de San Francisco, Sonora, Mexico, 15-18 fathoms. NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 207 Clytia exilis, new species Plate 24, Fig. 5 Trophosome.—Colony, 8 mm, lax, slender, and appearing more slender than it really is because of the large size of the hydrothecae and gonangia, growing from a filamentous stolon; although the colony may be quite erect, the stem does not pass up continuously in the same direc- tion; the basal portion continues to form a long pedicel for a hydrotheca ; where it passes into the pedicel, the next section of the stem is given off, which in turn gives rise to the pedicel of a hydrotheca, or of a gonangium; the next section of the stem arises from this, etc. he pedicel of the hydrotheca is long, 2 mm or more, but that of the gonangium is quite short. There are several annulations at each end of the long pedicel, usually more of them proximally than distally, several some distance from the proximal end of each stem section, and others along the entire length of the short pedicel of the gonangium. The hydrotheca is large, the largest in any American species of the genus, 1.2 x 0.43 mm, gradually and regularly increasing in diameter from base to margin; there are 12 sharp, deeply cut teeth on the margin. Gonosome.—The gonangium is large, 1.4x0.35 mm, among the largest in American species of the genus; it is nearly cylindrical, but it tapers somewhat from the middle to the more slender base, and very slightly towards the distal end, although there is a slight expansion at the margin. The surface is smooth. Distribution.—Station 1274-41, 3%4 miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms. Remarks.—The colony of C. exilis bears much resemblance to that of C. macrocarpa Fraser, obtained far away, off the coast of Peru. The arrangement of the stem and pedicels is quite similar, and the annulations appear in the same areas, but C. macrocarpa is a more delicate species ; the hydrotheca is somewhat the same shape but is not nearly so large; the teeth are not so numerous, and not so deeply cut. The gonangium is similar in size, but the longitudinal, wavy lines, characteristic of C. macrocarpa, are not present in C. exilis. In this species, the resemblance to the gonangium in C. cylindrica is much more definite. Unless or until further collection can close the geographical gap between the two species, C. exilis and C. macrocarpa, it would not be wise to consider very close relationship. 208 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Clytia fascicularis Fraser Clytia fascicularis FRAsER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 30. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution.—6™% miles SE of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 46 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; Playa Blanca, Costa Rica, 25 fathoms. Clytia hesperia (Torrey) Campanularia hesperia Torrey, Hyd. San Diego, 1904, p. 12. Clytia hesperia FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 73. Distribution —5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, Lower Calif., 5-25 fathoms; Tangola Tangola, Mexico, shore. Clytia inconspicua (Forbes) Thaumantias inconspicua ForseEs, Br. Naked-eyed Medusae, 1848, p. 52. Clytia inconspicua FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 74. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 31. Distribution —Off Huntington Beach, Calif., 4-20 fathoms. Clytia irregularis Fraser Clytia irregularis FRAsER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 31. FRAsER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution.—North of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 76 fathoms. Clytia johnstoni (Alder) Campanularia johnstoni ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), XVIII, 1856, p. 359. Clytia johnstoni FrAsEr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 74. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 32. Distribution.—3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-21 fathoms ; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 and 40-48 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 209 Clytia kineaidi (Nutting) Campanularia kincaidi NuttTiING, Hyd. Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899, p. 743. Clytia kincaidi Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 75. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 32. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution —FEast of Point Fermin, Calif., shore; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. Clytia longicyatha (Allman) Obelia longicyatha ALLMAN, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 10. Clytia longicyatha Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 32. Distribution 3% miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms ; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, Santa Catalina Island, 45-49 fathoms ; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Clytia longitheca Fraser Clytia longitheca FRASER, Hyd. Vancouver Island region, 1914, p. 137. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 75. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 32. Distribution.—3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-26 fathoms; 274 miles east of South Point, 15-21 fathoms; 3%4 miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, shore; 5 miles —152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 61-63 fathoms. Clytia minuta (Nutting) Campanularia minuta Nuttinc, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 345. Clytia minuta Frassr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 76. Distribution —Off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 and 104 fathoms. Clytia noliformis (McCrady) Campanularia noliformis McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 194. Clytia noliformis FrAsER, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 144. Distribution —Off Solango Island, Ecuador, 3 fathoms. 210 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Clytia raridentata (Alder) Campanularia raridentata ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), 1X, 1862, p. 315. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 65. Clytia raridentata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 33. Distribution —Off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms. Clytia (P) seriata Fraser Clytia seriata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 33. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution —Tangola Tangola, Mexico, 15-20 fathoms; off the Central American coast. Clytia universitatis Torrey Clytia universitatis TORREY, Hyd. San Diego, 1904, p. 19. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 76. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 109. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution —3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-26 fathoms; Willow Anchorage, Santa Cruz Island, shore; off Santa Barbara, Calif., 33 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 8-15 fathoms; 6 miles south of San Pedro breakwater, 20-21 fathoms; 2 miles west of Church Rock, Santa Catalina Island, 45-53 fathoms; 914 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 90-100 fathoms; 714 miles south of Point Loma, 10 and 30-33 fathoms; off San Diego; off Coronado Beach, 6-7 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; 2 miles SE of Cedros Island Light, 42-55 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; off Santa Maria Bay, 18-25 fathoms; Salinas Bay, Carmen Island, Gulf of California, 20 fathoms; off Concepcién Bay, 20 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, 76 fathoms; between Isla Partida and Angel de la Guardia Islands, 20 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 11-22 fathoms; off Willard Point, Gonzaga Bay, 30-40 fathoms; off Consag Rock, 40-45 fathoms; off Rocky Point, Sonora, 10 and 11-13 fathoms; outside Guaymas, 6-10 fathoms; off Isabel Island, Mexico, 10-15 and 15-25 fathoms; off Port Parker, Costa Rica, 3-5 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 211 Genus EUCOPELLA Eucopella compressa (Clark) Campanularia compressa CLARK, Alaskan Hyd., 1876, p. 214. Eucopella compressa Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 78. Distribution —2™% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15- 21 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 23-26 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 30 fathoms. Eucopella everta (Clark) Campanularia everta CLARK, Hyd. of Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 253. Eucopella everta Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 79. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 34. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution.—Pacific Grove, Calif.; Tyler Bight, San Miguel Island, shore; 1 mile south of East Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-16 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 15-21 fathoms; east of Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 11-19 fathoms; 1 mile SE of Smug- glers Cove, 15-21 fathoms; Willow Anchorage, low tide; 34 mile east of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 6 miles ESE of buoy, Cortes Bank, 56 fathoms; 3 miles west of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms ; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; Lobos de Afuera Islands, Peru, 25-30 fathoms. Eucopella minor Fraser Eucopella minor Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 34. Distribution —San Quentin Bay, Lower Calif., 3-5 fathoms. Genus GONOTHYRAEA Gonothyraea clarki (Marktanner-Turneretscher ) Laomedea (Gonothyraea) clarki, MARKTANNER, Hyd. from Ost-Spitz- bergen, 1895, p. 408. Gonothyraea clarki FRasER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 80. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 34. Distribution —5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms. 22 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Gonothyraea gracilis (Sars) Laomedea gracilis Sars, Beretning om en Zool. Reise, 1851, p. 18. Gonothyraea gracilis FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 81. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 35. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution — Off Bechers Bay, Santa Rosa Island, 16 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, 15-21 fathoms; 3%4 miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, shore; Newport Channel, shore; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 3 miles west of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; Concepcién Bay, Gulf of Cali- fornia; off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 78-90 fathoms; off Rocky Point, Sonora, 6-10 fathoms; Ensenada de San Francisco, 18 fathoms; outside Guaymas, 6-10 fathoms; Port Parker, Costa Rica, 3-8 and 5-10 fathoms; La Libertad, Ecuador, 10 fathoms; Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapa- gos, 12 fathoms. Gonothyraea inornata Nutting Gonothyraea inornata NutTTING, Hyd. Harriman Exped., 1901, p. 175. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 81. Distribution —Hallmark Dock, Charleston, Ore., intertidal. Gonothyraea serialis Fraser Gonothyraea serialis FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 35. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution—West of Cape Rule, Socorro Island, 17-46 fathoms; Salinas Bay, Costa Rica, 2 fathoms; Octavia Rocks, Colombia, 45 fathoms; off La Libertad, Ecuador, 10 fathoms. Genus OBELIA Obelia alternata Fraser Obelia alternata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 35. Distribution—TVagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos, 10-20 fathoms. NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 213 Obelia biserialis, new species Plate 24, Fig. 6 Trophosome.—Colony with a well marked, fascicled, main stem, with branches biserially arranged in the same plane, much like those in many of the species in the Sertularidae but unusual in the Campanularidae. These branches are given off in regular alternation; they are not fascicled and not branched again. Hydrothecae appear in the axils of the branches, and, arranged alternately, throughout the whole length of each branch. The hydrotheca increases in diameter gradually from base to margin, but the sides are straight and there is no flare at the margin. It is much the same size and shape as in O. flicata Hincks, but in this species some flar- ing takes place; the margin is entire and circular. In all of the hydro- thecae except the terminal one on each branch, the pedicel is short, about the same length as the hydrotheca, and is annulated throughout, the annu- lations tending to be oblique. The longer pedicel of the terminal hydro- theca is annulated at both ends only. Gonosome.—The gonangia are small, appearing in the axils of the more distant hydrothecae, little longer than the hydrothecae, and slender, less than 0.2 mm in greatest width. The distal end is rounded with the small aperture at the center. Distribution.—Station 919-39, off Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, 25- 26 fathoms; north of Clarion Island, 25-26 fathoms; off Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, 17-46 fathoms. Obelia castellata Clarke Obelia castellata CLARKE, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,Harvard, 1894, p. 73. Distribution ——San Francisco Bay, east of Panama City, Panama, shore. Obelia commissuralis McCrady Obelia commissuralis McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 197. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 84. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 36. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution.—East of Point Fermin, Calif., shore; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 1 mile east of Empire Land- ing, Santa Catalina Island, 18 fathoms ; 3 miles west of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms. 214 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Obelia corona Torrey Obelia corona Torrey, Hyd. San Diego, 1904, p. 14. FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 84. Distribution.—7¥4 miles south of Point Loma, Calif., 30-33 fathoms. Obelia dichotoma (Linn.) Sertularia dichotoma LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 812. Obelia dichotoma FraAssErR, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 85. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 36. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution—1 mile south of Cardwell Point, San Miguel Island, 15-24 fathoms; Prisoners Harbor, Santa Cruz Island, on set line; east of Point Fermin, shore; Laguna Beach, shore; Chacahua Bay, lagoon; off Octavia Rocks, Colombia, 45 fathoms; off La Libertad, Ecuador, 10 fathoms. Obelia dubia Nutting Obelia dubia NuttTiING, Hyd. Harriman Exped., 1901, p. 174. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 86. Distribution —Off Cape Arago Light, Coos County, Ore., intertidal ; Bandon, Ore., on crab bait box; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro break- water, 17-19 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, shore. Obelia equilateralis Fraser Obelia equilateralis FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 36. Distribution —Off La Libertad, Ecuador, 10 fathoms. Obelia geniculata (Linn.) Sertularia geniculata LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1312. Obelia geniculata FrasrEr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 87. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 37. FrAsER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution Off San Pedro, Calif. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS Z15 Obelia gracilis Calkins Obelia gracilis CALKINS, Puget Sound Hyd., 1899, p. 353. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 87. Distribution.—East of Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 6-10 fathoms; off San Pedro breakwater, 4 fathoms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; Newport Harbor, in channel, 4-10 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; off Santa Maria Bay, Lower Calif., 18-25 fath- oms. Obelia griffini Calkins Obelia griffini CALKINS, Puget Sound Hyd., 1899, p. 357. Fraser, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 88. Distribution.—South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Obelia hyalina Clarke Obelia hyalina CLARKE, Blake Hyd., 1879, p. 241. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 37. FrAsER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 160. Distribution —Off Rocky Point, Sonora, Mexico, 10 fathoms; San Francisco Bay, east of Panama City, shore. Obelia longissima (Pallas) Sertularia longissima PALLAs, Elench. Zooph., 1766, p. 119. Obelia longissima Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 88. Distribution—Hallmark Dock, and other locations, Charleston, Ore., intertidal; Anaheim Landing, Calif., intertidal ; 6 miles SE of San Pedro breakwater, 20-21 fathoms; off Isthmus Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 80-100 fathoms; off Goat Harbor, 21 fathoms; off Coronado Beach, 6-7 fathoms; off Octavia Rocks, Colombia, 45 fathoms. Obelia plicata Hincks Obelia plicata H1ncxks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 154. Fraser, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 90. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 38. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution —Anaheim Landing, Calif., intertidal; 4 miles north of Todos Santos Island, Lower Calif., 41 fathoms; 3 miles north of Nativi- 216 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 dad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; south of Tiburon Island, Gulf of California, 20 fathoms; north of Clarion Island, 30-50 and 35-56 fathoms. Obelia surcularis Calkins Obelia surcularis CALKINS, Puget Sound Hyd., 1899, p. 355. Fraser, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 90. Distribution —Off San Pedro, Calif. Family Campanulinidae Genus CAL YCELLA Calycella syringa (Linn.) Sertularia syringa LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1311. Calycella syringa FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 91. Distribution—Off Cape Arago Light, Ore., intertidal; San Luis Obispo Bay, Calif., 8-14 fathoms; 1 mile south of Cardwell Point, San Miguel Island, 34-35 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17-18 and 23-28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 23-26 fathoms; off Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 43 fathoms; 314 miles south of Hueneme, 29-30 fathoms; 1 mile south of Santa Barbara Island, 20-40 fathoms ; off Redondo Beach; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; 5 miles —152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 45-50 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, 45-49 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fathoms; -15 miles south of La Jolla, 23 fathoms; 234 miles off Point Loma, 9-13 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 fathoms. Genus CAMPANULINA Campanulina (?P) indivisa, new species Plate 24, Fig. 7 Trophosome.—The small colonies, segregated quite closely, grow from a loosely reticulate stolon. The stem, 12 mm, is erect, unbranched or very slightly branched, very smooth, without annulations or nodes. The hydrothecae are given off with some approach to regularity in the proximal portion of the stem, alternate, but those on the two sides are seldom in the same plane. Distally, in some cases, the regularity ceases; the hydrothecae are much more closely placed, but the distance between any two in succession varies much. There are often more on one side than No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 2Y7 on the other, and for some distance they may be all on the one side. The pedicels vary in length from 0.25 to 0.5 mm. There are 3-6 annulations near the base, and occasionally 2-3 distally. The hydrotheca is turbinate, with 12-14 segments, forming an operculum. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution Station 1424-41, 634 miles east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 267-347 fathoms. Remarks.—This species is little like any other American species. Campanulina rugosa Nutting Campanulina rugosa NuttING, Hyd. Harriman Exped., 1901, p. 176. Fraser, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 93. Distribution—Hallmark Dock, Charleston, Ore., intertidal. Genus CUSPIDELLA Cuspidella grandis Hincks Cuspidella grandis Hincxs, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 210. Fraser, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 94. Distribution —Oft San Nicolas Island, 31 fathoms. Cuspidella humilis (Alder) Campanularia humilis Auprr, Trans. Tynes. F. C., 1863, p. 239. Cuspidella humilis Frassr, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 94. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 40. Distribution —Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. Genus EGMUNDELLA Egmundella gracilis Stechow Egmundella gracilis SrecHow, Hyd. Deutschen ‘Tiefsee Exped., 1921, p. 226. Fraser, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 95. Distribution.—1 mile north of San Pedro Point, Santa Cruz Island, 45-46 fathoms; 1 mile east of White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 21 fathoms; 2.8 miles WNW of Long Point, 64-68 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Church Rock, 117-118 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 20-25 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; off Santa Maria Bay, Lower Calif., 18-25 fathoms. 218 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Egmundella polynema, new species Plate 25, Fig. 8 Trophosome.—Zooids commonly grow singly, but at times a pedicel grows out from the side of the original pedicel, not far below the base of the hydrotheca, curves immediately so that it continues in much the same direction as the original pedicel ; the pedicel is not as long as the original, but it is long enough to overtop the original hydrotheca. The pedicels of the individuals differ much in length, the greatest height of a zooid ob- served being 3.6 mm. When the second zooid is present, the colony may reach the height of 4.5 mm. In nearly all cases, the pedicel is slightly annulated, but the position of the annulations varies greatly. The hydro- theca is of the regular, turbinate type, 1.0 x 0.25 mm; there are 12 seg- ments in the operculum; the diaphragm is well marked. The unique fea- ture of the species is the clustering of the nematophores, usually shortly below the hydrotheca, where there may be as many as a dozen or more, but more commonly fewer. Gonosome.—The gonangium grows directly from the stolon; it is definitely cylindrical, about 1.8 mm in height, and 0.25 mm in diameter. It has an operculum divided like that of the hydrotheca, but the tip of the convergence is but little above the rim. Lines run down from each point of separation the full length of the gonangium. There is a constric- tion at the base to give the appearance of a pedicel. The gonangia were empty. Distribution.—Station 1253-41, 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms. Remarks.—The species is much larger than the only other species reported from the coast, E. gracilis Stechow. It is more nearly the size of E. grandis Fraser, found on the Atlantic coast, but it is not much like it in other respects. The segregation of the nematophores is the unique fea- ture of the species. Genus LOVENELLA Lovenella nodosa Fraser Lovenella nodosa Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 40. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution —Off Santa Maria Bay, Lower Calif., 18-25 fathoms ; Tenacatita Bay, Mexico, 8-15 fathoms; north of White Friars Islands, 15-20 fathoms; Chacahua Bay, 5-10 and 10-15 fathoms; off San Jose Point, Guatemala, 20 fathoms; off Cape San Francisco, Ecuador, 15 fathoms. NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 219 Lovenella producta (Sars) Calycella producta Sars, Norges Hydroider, 1873, p. 30. Lovenella producta FRASER, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 96. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 40. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution—3 miles NW of Anacapa Island Light, 15 fathoms. Lovenella rugosa Fraser Lovenella rugosa FrAsER, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 138. Distribution—Off Redondo Beach, Calif., 13-22 fathoms. Genus STEGOPOMA Stegopoma fastigiata (Alder) Calycella fastigiata ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), III, 1860, p. 73. Stegopoma fastigiata FrAsER, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 178. Distribution—South of San Miguel Island, 130-138 fathoms; 5 miles NE of Anacapa Island Light, 125-135 fathoms; 5 miles southeast of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; east of southwest end of Santa Catalina Island, 83-125 fathoms; 614 miles ENE of Long Point, 300 fathoms; 614 miles NE by E of Long Point, 228 fathoms; 1114 miles SE of Church Rock, 21-40 fathoms. Genus THYROSCYPHUS Thyroscyphus intermedius Congdon Thyroscyphus intermedius CONGDON, Bermuda Hyd., 1907, p. 482. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 181. Distribution—1 mile WNW of Anacapa Island, 41-43 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; off Lobos de Afuera Islands, Peru, 25-30 fathoms. Family Halecidae Genus CAMPALECIUM Campalecium medusiferum Torrey Campalecium medusiferum Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 48. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 99. Distribution—Some specimens in a sample from 3 miles south of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 45-46 fathoms, appear to belong to this species, but since no gonosome was observed, the identification cannot be assured. 220 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Genus ENDOTHECIUM Endothecium paucinodum Fraser Endothecium paucinodum FRASER, Caribbean Hyd., 1947, p. 8. Distribution—1 mile WNW of Anacapa Island, 41-43 fathoms; 6 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 150-155 fathoms. Note.—In the description of this species given in the paper on Carib- bean Hydroids, it is stated that the trophosome was described from the specimens obtained off Anacapa Island. The record off Santa Catalina Island appeared in a sample examined later. As the Caribbean paper was prepared for publication before this one, to mention the species in it, it was necessary to include the description and the figures of the species, although under ordinary circumstances, the new species should be credited to the Eastern Pacific. Endothecium reduplicatum Fraser Endothecium reduplicatum FRASER, Some Japanese Hyd., 1935, p. 107. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 41. Distribution —Off Tangola Tangola, Mexico, 15-20 fathoms. Genus HALECIUM Halecium annulatum Torrey Halecium annulatum Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 49. Fraser, Hyd., Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 101. Distribution.—2¥%4 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23- 28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 19-20 fathoms; Redondo Beach Canyon; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; off Isthmus Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 80-100 fathoms; off Dutch Har- bor, San Nicolas Island, 8-9 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fath- oms. Halecium articulosum Clark Halecium articulosum CLARK, New England Hyd., 1876, p. 63. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 101. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 41. Distribution —2™% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17- 18 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 221 Halecium beani (Johnston) Thoa beani JOHNSTON, Br. Zooph., 1838, p. 120. Halecium beani Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 102. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 41. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. FrRAsER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution—Bechers Bay, Santa Rosa Island, 13-16 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, 15-21 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 17-20 and 23-26 fathoms; south of Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 110-140 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, Calif., shore; 1 mile south of Ben Weston Point, Santa Catalina Island, 45-49 fathoms; Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 20-22 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fath- oms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, 30-31 fathoms; San Juanico Bay, 24 fathoms ; Santa Maria Bay, 18-25 fathoms; off White Rock, Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 45 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, 76 fathoms; at entrance to Iagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos, 50-60 fathoms. Halecium bermudense Congdon Halecium bermudense CoNGDON, Bermuda Hyd., 1907, p. 472. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 41. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 1897. Distribution.—South of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 45 fathoms. Halecium corrugatum Nutting Halecium corrugatum NuttTiNG, Hyd. from Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899p: 102: Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 102. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 41. Distribution—Off Cape Arago Light, Ore., intertidal; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 17-20 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, Calif., shore; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fath- oms; Concepcién Bay, Gulf of California, 15 fathoms. 222 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Halecium densum Calkins Halecium densum CALKINS, Hyd. Puget Sound, 1899, p. 343. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 103. Distribution —Off Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 4-9 fathoms ; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms. Halecium exiguum, new species Plate 25, Fig. 9 Trophosome.—Colony, 15 mm, simple, slender, lax; stem sometimes erect with few irregularly placed branches, sometimes definitely flexed. Usually there is a distinct bend near each internode and the pedicel or branch is given off in such a way that it looks like dichotomy, but the stem has a node just above the forking. There may be an annulation about half way between the nodes. When a branch appears, it takes the place of a hydrophore; it resembles the main stem. The hydrophore is provided with a distinct pedicel ; it is strongly flaring. Commonly a second hydrophore grows out of the first one and is similar to it; in some cases, the duplica- tion may proceed even farther. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Station 311-35, off Bindloe Island, Galapagos, 20 fathoms; off Lobos de Afuera Islands, Peru, 25-30 fathoms. Remarks.—The species is not much like any of the other species in the Eastern Pacific. In the mode of growth it resembles Ophiodissa alter- nata Fraser, more than it does any species of Halecium. Halecium fasciculatum Fraser Halecium fasciculatum FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 42. Distribution.—South of San Esteban Island, Gulf of California, 35 fathoms. Halecium flexile Allman Halecium flexile ALLMAN, Challenger Hyd., 2, 23, 1888, p. 11. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 104. Distribution —35 miles north of Depoe Bay, Ore., from a water- logged stump; 114 miles south of Crook Point, San Miguel Island, 41-43 fathoms; 114 miles east of Cardwell Point, 20-21 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island; 23-28 fathoms; 134 miles west of Catalina Head, Santa Catalina Island, 50-51 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; Boca de la Trinidad, Gulf of California, 53, 150 fathoms. NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 223 Halecium flexum, new species Plate 25, Fig. 10 Trophosome.—Colony small, 1.0 cm, delicate, simple, with but few scattered branches of different lengths. The stem is divided into regular internodes by oblique nodes, each internode giving rise to a hydrophore, or a branch in place of it, near its distal end, the hydrophores regularly alternating. The hydrophore is attached to the stem by a short pedicel, which is turned out to such an extent that the margin of the hydrophore is at an angle of approximately 45° with the stem; the margin is definitely but not abruptly flaring. In many cases, duplication takes place; when it does, the pedicel of the secondary hydrophore, or at least the first of these, if there are more than one, has a conspicuous curve just where it leaves the previous hydrophore; it is as though all of the pedicel except the basal portion had been shoved upward, out of line with the base. ‘This is the most characteristic feature of the trophosome. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 14-33, off La Playa, Santa Elena Bay, Ecua- dor, 2-7 fathoms; off White Rock, Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 45 fathoms. Remarks.—This species does not resemble any of the American spe- cies hitherto described very closely. The whole colony is somewhat like the simple portion of the stem of H. muricatum (E. and S.) but this species has not the characteristic curve of the secondary pedicel, although the whole pedicel is moved somewhat towards the upper margin of the hydrophore. H. muricatum is a heavy, coarse, fascicled species, and since it appears to be confined to the higher latitudes, the two species can scarcely have very close relationship. Halecium halecinum ( Linn.) Sertularia halecina LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 308. Halecium halecinum Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 104. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 42. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution —Off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms. Halecium insolens Fraser Halecium insolens Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 43. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution.—Landing on Balboa Peninsula, Newport Channel, Calif., intertidal; north of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 10 fathoms. 224 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Halecium kofoidi Torrey Halecium kofoidi Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 49. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 105. Distribution —5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms. Halecium labrosum Alder Halecium labrosum ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), III, 1859, p. 354. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 105. Distribution —5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 2 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 42-45 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. Halecium macrocephalum Allman Halecium macrocephalum ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 16. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 196. Distribution—1¥4 miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 fathoms. Halecium muricatum (Ellis and Solander) Sertularia muricata ELLIs and SOLANDER, Nat. Hist. Zooph., 1786, p. 59. Halecium muricatum FrRAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 106. Distribution Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 78-83 fathoms. Halecium parvulum Bale Halecium parvulum Bae, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W., 1888, p. 760. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 107. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 110. Distribution—5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms; off ‘Thurloe Head, Lower Calif., 8-10 fathoms; south of San Esteban Island, Gulf of California, 35 fathoms. Halecium pygmaeum Fraser Halecium pygmaeum FRASER, West Coast Hyd., 1911, p. 48. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 107. Distribution East of Point Fermin, Calif., shore. No. 5 FRASER! HYDROIDS 225 Halecium regulare Fraser Plate 25, Fig. 11 Halecium regulare FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 43. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Trophosome.—Quite often a pedicillate hydrophore grows out of the sessile hydrophore and much more rarely this may be duplicated. Gonosome.—(Not previously described.) The male gonangium usu- ally grows out from the pedicel of the secondary hydrophore or less com- monly directly from the stem, immediately below the sessile hydrophore. It is elongated, obovate, smooth, with scarcely any pedicel. The female gonangium has not yet been observed. Distribution —North of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 10 fathoms. Halecium telescopicum Allman Halecium telescopicum ALLMAN, Challenger Hyd., II, 1888, p. 10. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 110. Distribution.—1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif.,47-48 fathoms. Halecium tenellum Hincks Halecium tenellum Hincxs, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), VIII, 186i ups Zo2. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 110. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 44. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution —Off San Pedro Nolasco Island, Gulf of California, 55-57 fathoms. Halecium tenue Fraser Halecium tenue Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 139. Distribution.—North of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 10 fathoms. Halecium vagans Fraser Halecium vagans Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 44. Distribution —2% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms. 226 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Halecium washingtoni Nutting Halecium geniculatum Nutt1nc, Hyd. Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899, p. 744. Halecium washingtoni NUTTING, Amer. Nat., 1901, p. 780. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 111. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 45. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution —Tyler Bight, San Miguel Island, shore; 3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-20 fathoms; 3%4 miles east of South Point, 35-38 fathoms; 1 mile north of San Pedro Point, Santa Cruz Island, 45-46 fathoms; 244 miles east of San Pedro Point, 26-40 fathoms; % mile east of San Pedro Point, 26-40 fathoms; 1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 41-43 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, shore; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; Ava- lon, Santa Catalina Island, shore; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; Port Parker, Costa Rica, shallow water on coral; off Nuez Island, Cocos Island, 31-50 fath- oms. Halecium wilsoni Calkins Halecium wilsoni CALKINS, Hyd. Puget Sound, 1899, p. 343. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 112. Distribution—Bechers Bay, Santa Rosa Island, 10 fathoms. Genus OPHIODISSA Ophiodissa alternata Fraser Ophiodissa alternata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 139. Distribution—1¥4 miles north of Cedros Island, 55-60 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fath- oms; off Secas Islands, Panama, 12 fathoms. Ophiodissa corrugata (Fraser) Ophiodes corrugatum FraAsER, Hyd. Queen Charlotte Islands, 1936, p. 504. Ophiodissa corrugata FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 113. Distribution.—Tyler Bight, San Miguel Island, shore. NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 221 Ophiodissa expansa, new species Plate 25, Fig. 12 Trophosome.—Colonies, growing in loose clusters, reach a height of 18 mm; the main stem, fascicled proximally, gives off a very few stout branches, each of which resembles the simple portion of the stem. The simple stem or branch is divided into internodes, varying somewhat in length, by slightly oblique nodes, not very distinct. The hydrophores are somewhat irregularly alternate, in some places almost subopposite, those on the two sides not quite in the same plane. In every case the pedicels are definite but vary much in length, sometimes corrugated slightly; the hydrophores expand to the margin so that the aperture may be twice the diameter of the supporting pedicel. The nematophores are large, tubular, sometimes curved slightly, placed either on the cauline internode or on the pedicel of the hydrophore. Gonosome.—The gonangium, 1.32 x 0.5 mm, arises from the fasci- cled portion of the stem, projecting at right angles to it; it resembles some of the Sertularella gonangia, e.g., those of S. tricuspidata (Alder). It is elongated oval, with a short pedicel ; very strongly crested rugosities appear throughout the whole length; the aperture is large, terminal. Distribution Station 1232-41, 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 2 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 42-45 fathoms. Ophiodissa laxa Fraser O phiodissa laxa FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 45. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution.—North of Clarion Island, 35-36 fathoms. Family Hebellidae Genus HEBELLA Hebella calcarata (A. Agassiz) Lafoea calcarata A. Acassiz, N. A. Acalephae, 1865, p. 122. Hebella calcarata FRasER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 46. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. Distribution Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; north of Clarion Island, 35-36 fathoms; inside Georges Island, Gulf of California, 12-13 fathoms; south of Isla Partida, 20 fathoms; off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms; south of White Friars Islands, Mexico, 25 fathoms. 228 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Genus SCANDIA Scandia corrugata Fraser Scandia corrugata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 46. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution—Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. Scandia (?) expansa Fraser Scandia expansa FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 140. Distribution—East of Point Fermin, Calif., shore; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; Puerto Re- fugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California, 78-90 fathoms ; between Angel de la Guardia and Mejia Islands, 6-11 fathoms; Chaca- hua Bay, Mexico, 45-50 fathoms; entrance to Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos, 50-60 fathoms; between Wreck and Stephens Bays, Chatham Island, 35 fathoms. Scandia mutabilis (Ritchie) Campanularia mutabilis RircHi£, Hyd. Cape de Verde Islands, 1907, p. 504. Scandia mutabilis FrAsER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 47. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution.—3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; east of San Francisco Island, Gulf of California, 47 fathoms; Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, 13 fathoms. Family Lafoeidae Genus ACRYPTOLARIA Acryptolaria conferta (Allman) Cryptolaria conferta ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 17. Acryptolaria conferta FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 4, 1939, p. 155. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 210. Distribution.—San Pedro Channel, Calif., 68-82 fathoms; 614 miles east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 267-347 fathoms; 614 miles east of Long Point, 300 fathoms; 1134 miles SE of Church Rock, 280 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 229 Genus FILELLUM Filellum serpens (Hassall) Campanularia serpens HASsALL, Trans. Micro. Soc., 1852, p. 163. Filellum serpens FrAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 116. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 47. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution —2¥Y4 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23- 28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 23-28 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 fathoms; 3 miles SW of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, 19-20 fathoms; 1 mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-28 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif., 47-48 fathoms; north of Santa Barbara Island, 32-40 fathoms; 4 miles east of Landing, Santa Barbara Island, 40 fathoms; 5 miles— 152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 314 miles—238° off Huntington Beach, 74-77 fathoms; % mile off White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 33-37 fathoms; off White Cove, 40-80 fathoms; %4 mile north of Long Point, 21-40 fathoms; 5 miles SW of Church Rock, 117-118 fathoms; 214 miles east of Church Rock, 59-61 fathoms; south of Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, 55-69 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 45-46 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, 30-31 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 75 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 10 and 46-75 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 78-90 fathoms. Genus LAFOEA Lafoea dumosa (Fleming) Sertularia dumosa FLEMING, Phil. Jour., II, 1828, p. 83. Lafoea dumosa Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 119. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 110. Distribution—Off San Pedro; off White Rock, Santa Catalina Island, 45 fathoms. 230 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Lafoea fruticosa Sars Lafoea fruticosa Sars, Norske Hyd., 1863, p. 30. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 120. Distribution—1¥% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-21 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 23-26 fathoms; 13 miles SSE of East Point, 71-75 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif., 47-48 fathoms; 714 miles SE of Seal Rocks, Santa Catalina Island, 152-200 fathoms; 214 miles SE of Seal Rocks, 87-90 fathoms; 5 miles east of Church Rock, 117-118 fathoms; 4 miles SE of Church Rock, 109-116 fathoms; 7 miles WSW of Church Rock, 46-57 fathoms; south of Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, 55-69 fathoms; 9 miles off San Diego, 78-80 fathoms. Lafoea gracillima (Alder) Campanularia gracillima ALDER, Trans. Tynes. F. C., 1857, p. 129. Lafoea gracillima FrasEr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 121. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 4, 1939, p. 155. Distribution —Tyler Bight, San Miguel Island, shore; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, 15-21 fathoms; off Willow Anchorage, Santa Cruz Island, 32-44 fathoms; north of Santa Barbara Island, 37-40 fathoms; east of Santa Barbara Island; off Redondo Beach; south of San Pedro break- water, 24 fathoms; off Eagle Bank, north of Santa Catalina Island, 40-43 fathoms; off Howlands Landing, 130-160 fathoms; off Willow Cove; 37-44 fathoms; 1 mile east of Willow Cove, 83-125 fathoms; off Isthmus Cove, 80-100 fathoms; % mile north of Long Point, 21-40 fathoms; 7 miles east of Long Point, 230-240 fathoms; off Long Point, 40 fathoms; 14 mile off White Cove, 33-37 fathoms; Avalon Bay, 98-116 fathoms; off SE end of Santa Catalina Island, 83-125 and 117-128 fathoms; 214 miles east of Seal Rocks, 152-200 fathoms; 4 miles east of Church Rock, 102-116 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Church Rock, 117-118 fathoms; 4 miles SE of Church Rock, 109-116 fathoms; 3 miles SE of Church Rock, 100-105 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 4 miles NE of buoy, Cortes Bank, 59-60 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fathoms; Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 78-83 fathoms; 814 miles south of Cedros Island, 65 fathoms; 7% miles SSW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 63-66 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 231 Lafoea intermedia Fraser Lafoea intermedia Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 47. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution.—South of San Miguel Island, 130-138 fathoms; 114 miles south of Crook Point, 41-43 fathoms; off Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 110-140 fathoms; 14 mile south of west end of Ana- capa Island, 25-26 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 40-48 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; 714 miles SSW of Natividad Island, 63-66 fathoms; Outer Gorda Bank, Gulf of Califor- nia, 59-95 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, 10 and 46-75 fathoms. Lafoea regia, new species Plate 26, Fig. 13 Trophosome.—( Description from a fragment 4 cm in length.) Col- ony stout, rigid; main stem fascicled, but with fewer tubes than in the common species of this genus. In the specimen described as well as in a specimen from Station 1188-40, 6 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, all ot the branches are given off from the same side of the stem, nearly at right angles to the stem; they are fascicled nearly to the end, but the tubes are few. Each of the two largest branches has a secondary branch. The hydrothecae are similar in shape to those in L. fruticosa Sars, but are much larger, 1.8 x 0.4 mm, with one twist at the base; they are given off in regular alternation, fronto-laterally, from the theca-bearing tube, hence they are not nearly in the same plane. The margin flares slightly, and duplication may take place. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 983-39, 1514 miles WNW of Santa Barbara Island, 70 fathoms; 6 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 150-155 fath- oms; 214 miles SE of Seal Rocks, 87-90 fathoms. Remarks.—The queen of American species of Lafoea bears much re- semblance to L. fruticosa Sars, and particularly to those specimens of that species in which the branches are all on the one side of the stem. The stem may be just as stout as the stem in that species, but there are not so many tubes in the fascicle. he hydrothecae are fronto-laterally, not directly laterally placed, and, of course, they are much larger; there is less twisting in the pedicels. Without any information as to the nature of 232 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 the coppinia, the relationship cannot be traced into the gonosome. If the resemblance exists here as well, it will be safe to conclude that L. regia has been developed directly from L. fruticosa, a species common in this general region. Lafoea tenellula Allman Lafoea tenellula ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 12. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 227. Distribution —6% miles ENE of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 300 fathoms. Genus LICTORELLA Lictorella adhaerens Fraser Lictorella adhaerens FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 48. Distribution —1 mile WNW of Anacapa Island, 41-43 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 50 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 40-48 fathoms ; 11 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 45-46 fathoms; off San Benito Islands, Lower Calif., 51-52 fathoms; off San Pedro Nolasco Island, Gulf of California, 93-111 fathoms. Lictorella convallaria (Allman) Lafoea convallaria ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 12. Lictorella cervicornis NUTTING, Hawaiian Hyd., 1905, p. 946. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 123. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 48. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Lictorella convallaria FRASER, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 229. Distribution —13 miles SSE of East Point, Santa Rosa Island, 71-75 fathoms; 7 miles east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, on set line; 634 miles east of Long Point, 267-347 fathoms; 61%4 miles NE by E of Long Point, 228 fathoms; 414 miles west of Church Rock, 50-51 fath- oms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 78-83 fathoms; 5% miles south of San Benito Islands, 69-81 fathoms; 814 miles south of San Benito Islands, 71-72 fathoms; 71% miles WSW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 63-66 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 75 and 120 fathoms; San Lorenzo Channel, Gulf of California, 3-5 fathoms; off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 233 Lictorella reflexa, new species Plate 26, Fig. 14 Trophosome.—The largest colony obtained was 4.5 cm; the main stem is stout, strongly fascicled, with some large branches given off at a wide angle; these are also fascicled, and even the secondary branches may be slightly so in the proximal portion. The simple branch is somewhat sinuous, with a well marked node near each bend. The hydrotheca is almost the reverse of that in L. convallaria in shape, that is to say, the curve is backward rather than forward, and it is similarly abrupt on the concave side. The pedicel is short, curved, with the convex side towards the base of the colony, i.e., the curve is opposite in type to that of the hydrotheca. The pedicel is not annulated but the hydrothecal septum is strongly marked. There is a long, slender nematophore on the basal por- tion of the pedicel ; the nematophores on the fascicled portion of the stem or branch are larger than those on the simple stem or branch. Gonosome.—The coppinia surrounds the main stem near its base; it is elliptical, 6 x 2 mm, the long axis in the direction of the stem. The gonangia are not very closely placed ; each gonangium is broad at the base and tapers to the small opening; usually the narrower portion is slightly curved. The modified hydrothecae are not especially numerous; each is long and slender, usually forked at the extremity, but the two parts of the fork are not the same length. It looks somewhat like a phylactogonium of some of the species of Cladocarpus. Distribution.—Station 1246-41, Ranger Bank, west of the northern part of Cedros Island, 78-83 fathoms; 13 miles SSE of East Point, Santa Rosa Island, 71-75 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif., 47- 48 fathoms; north of Santa Barbara Island, 37-40 fathoms; 614 miles SE of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 46 fathoms; 4 miles east of Church Rock, 106-110 fathoms ; 1 mile south of Ben Weston Point, 45-49 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 120 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 46-75 fathoms; off San Pedro Nolasco Island, 55-57 fathoms. Lictorella rigida, new species Plates 26, 27, Fig. 15 Trophosome.—Colony coarse, heavy, rigid, fascicled; in the smaller colonies there are no large branches similar to the main stem, but in the larger colonies, there may be two such large branches, up to 4 cm, one on each side of the stem, nearly opposite to each other. The stem and primary 234 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 branches give rise to smaller secondary branches, none more than 1 cm in length, sub-alternate or sub-opposite in position; these also are rigid and straight, and are fascicled to within a short distance of the distal end. All the parts of the colony are in the same plane. Hydrothecae are given off the stem, primary and secondary branches; they are arranged alter- nately, and on the terminal portion of the secondary branches, this alter- nation is quite regular. The hydrotheca has a short pedicel, and there is a slight twist where the hydrotheca leaves the pedicel. The hydrotheca is nearly tubular, and is curved much like that in L. gracillima, but the whole hydrotheca and pedicel are like those of Zygophylax rigida Fraser, but they are entirely free from the stem or branch. As in Z. rigida, there is a nematophore on the basal portion of the pedicel; it is like the numer- ous nematophores on the tubes of the fascicled stem, all of fair size, and tubular. Gonosome.—The coppinia is large, encircling the main stem for a distance of 4 cm or more. The gonangia are large, flask-shaped, and closely crowded. There are no modified hydrothecae in the mass to serve for protection. Distribtuion.—Station 1081-40, north of Isla Partida, Gulf of Cali- fornia, 46-76 fathoms; 1 mile south of Ben Weston Point, Santa Cata- lina, 45-49 fathoms. Remarks.—This species is much coarser than any other species of Lictorella reported from the Eastern Pacific; in this respect it is more like L. crassicaulis Fraser, obtained in the West Indies, but the branching is not at all similar, nor is there much similarity in the other characters. As mentioned above, the hydrotheca and its accompanying nematophore are much similar to those of Zygophylax rigida. The nearest approach to these in the genus Lictorella appears in L. reflexa Fraser, although here the hydrotheca is smaller and the nematophore is larger. Among the spe- cies already reported, this species must be the closest relative; the two of them have been obtained in the same region. Family Synthecidae Genus SYNTHECIUM Synthecium cylindricum (Bale) Sertularella cylindrica BALE, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W., (2), 3, 1888, p. 765. Synthecium cylindricum FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 124. No. 5 FRASER! HYDROIDS 235 Distribution —2™% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23- 28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 12-18 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 23-26 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 fath- oms; 3 miles SE of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms; 1 mile SE of Smugglers Cove, 15-21 fathoms; Willow Anchorage, low tide; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 1 mile NW of White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 2-3 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; Dewey Channel, oppo- site San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; 814 miles south of Dewey Chan- nel, 49 fathoms; off Secas Islands, Panama, 12 fathoms. Synthecium projectum Fraser Synthecium projectum Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 49. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution—South of White Friars Islands, Mexico, 25 fathoms. Synthecium symmetricum Fraser Synthecium symmetricum FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 50. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution —Offt San Pedro. Family Sertularidae Genus ABIETINARIA Abietinaria abietina (Linn.) Sertularia abietina LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 808. A bietinaria abietina Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 126. Distribution—San Luis Obispo Bay, Calif., 8-14 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fathoms. Abietinaria amphora Nutting A bietinaria amphora NuttiNncG, Amer. Hyd., II, 1904, p. 119. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 127. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution —1%4 miles east of Cardwell Point, San Miguel Island, 20-21 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms; 234 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 fathoms; 3 miles SW of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms; 1 mile SE of Smugglers Cove, 15-21 fath- 236 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 oms; Willow Anchorage, low tide; 0.3 miles NW of Pelican Bay, 35 fathoms; 14 mile north of Platt Harbor, 36-47 fathoms; 14 mile NE of Platt Harbor, 31-37 fathoms; 1 mile north of San Pedro Point, 26-40 fathoms; 1% mile south of Gull Island, 34-41 fathoms; east of Gull Island, 6-10 fathoms; 14 mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-26 fathoms ; 4 miles east of Landing, Santa Barbara Island, 40 fathoms; 9% miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 90-110 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 25-28 and 35-40 fathoms; 15 miles SE of La Jolla, 23 fathoms. Abietinaria anguina (Trask) Sertularia anguina TRASK, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sc., 1857, p. 112. A bietinaria anguina FrasrEr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 128. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 110. Distribution.—Off Point Arguello, Calif., 15-30 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-21 fathoms; 34 mile east of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms; 114 miles SE of Point Mugu, Calif., 26-30 fathoms; off San Pedro; 1% mile east of Abalone Point, Laguna Beach, 44-46 fathoms; 444 miles WNW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 90-100 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fathoms; 4 miles north of Todos Santos Island, Lower Calif., 40 fathoms. Abietinaria expansa Fraser A bietinaria expansa FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 112. Distribution —2Y% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23- 28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 2.6 miles east of South Point, 35-38 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 17-20 fath- oms; 614 miles SE of South Point, 46 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 fathoms; 3 miles SW of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms; %4 mile south of Gull Island, 34-41 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, 19-20 fathoms; 1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 45-46 fathoms; Anacapa Passage, 15-50 fathoms; 1 mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 125-135 fathoms; 34 mile east of Cat Rock, 23-25 fathoms ; 714 miles east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 228- 267 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, 45-49 fathoms; 1 mile NE of Castle Rock, San Clemente Island, 45-50 fathoms; west of Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 8-9 fathoms; 434 miles SE of buoy, Cortes Bank, 125-131 fathoms; 34 mile off Point Loma, 9-13 fathoms; Rosario Bay, Lower Calif., 10-15 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 fathoms; off San Jose Point, Guatemala, 12-13 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 237 Abietinaria greenei (Murray) Sertularia greenei MURRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), V, 1860, p. 504. A bietinaria greenei FrAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 132. Distribution —Off Point Arguello, Calif., 15-30 fathoms. Abietinaria pacifica Stechow Plate 27, Fig. 16 A bietinaria pacifica STECHOW, Hyd. Fauna des Mittelsmeeres, etc., 1923, p. 197; Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 134. Trophosome.—In 1923, Stechow described the species 4. pacifica from a fragment 6 mm long, on the back of a crab. It has not been re- ported since until now that several fine colonies have appeared in the Hancock collections obtained in the region extending from the northern Channel Islands, Calif., to Cedros Island, Lower Calif. Many of these are larger, up to 9.5 cm, with numerous branches arranged regularly, as they are in the smaller specimens. Some of the branches are longer than the 7 mm which Stechow mentions; the longest 12 mm. Gonosome.—(Not previously described.) The gonangia are similar to those of 4. traski, but instead of being crowded on the face of the branches, they are scattered, with but few on a branch. They are similarly obovate, without a collar, and with a smooth surface. Distribution——1 mile NE of San Miguel Island, 35-39 fathoms; mile south of Crook Point, 41-43 fathoms; 614 miles SE of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 46 fathoms; 314 miles east of South Point, 35-38 fathoms; Santa Cruz Channel, 32-34 fathoms; Prisoners Harbor, Santa Cruz Island, 35-45 fathoms; 1 mile north of San Pedro Point, 45-46 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Anacapa Island, 47-52 fathoms; 1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 45-46 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, 47-48 fathoms; off Redondo Beach, 96-120 fathoms; east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 35-46 fathoms; off White Cove, 40-80 fathoms; Avalon Bay, 98-116 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Church Rock, 109-116 fathoms ; 1%4 miles north of Cedros Island, 55-60 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 76-83 fath- oms; 514 miles south of San Benito Islands, 69-81 fathoms. Remarks.—The species bears much resemblance to 4. traski (Tor- rey), even in color, and must be closely related to that species. The main differences are in the shape of the hydrotheca, the distance between suc- cessive hydrothecae, and particularly, the distance to the first hydrotheca on the branch. 238 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Abietinaria traski (Torrey) Sertularia traski ToRREY, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 69. A bietinaria traski FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 135. Distribution.—6 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 28-30 fathoms; 10 miles SE by %4 E of South Point, 73-75 fathoms; 4.6 miles SW by % W of East Point, 40 fathoms; 3 miles south of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 20-24 fathoms; 114 miles NW of Cavern Point, 54- 56 fathoms; 3 miles NW of San Pedro Point, 46-47 fathoms; % mile east of San Pedro Point, 26-40 fathoms; 314 miles NE of San Pedro Point, 46-47 fathoms; off Gull Island, 39-43 and 110-140 fathoms; 4 mile south of Gull Island, 34-41 fathoms; 1 mile SE of Smugglers Cove, 17-20 fathoms; 214 miles NW of Anacapa Island, 48-51 fathoms; % mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-26 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Anacapa Island Light, 47-52 fathoms; 34 miles SE of Cat Rock, 23-25 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 45 fathoms; 11 miles south of Seal Beach, Calif., 82-95 fathoms; 134 miles west of Catalina Head, Santa Catalina Island, 50-51 fathoms; 34 miles east of Empire Landing, 46-57 fathoms; 2.8 miles WNW of Long Point, 64-88 fathoms; 314 miles WNW of Long Point, 40 fathoms; 7 miles east of Long Point, 228-267 fathoms; off White Cove, 40-80 fathoms; east of White Cove, 121-160 fathoms; SE of Santa Catalina Island, 117-128 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Church Rock, 117-118 fathoms; 4 miles SE of Church Rock, 109-116 fathoms; 2% miles SE of Church Rock, 59-61 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, 45-49 fathoms; off Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, 55-110 fathoms; south of Pyramid Cove, 55-69 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 and 40-48 fathoms; 4 miles NE of buoy, Cortes Bank, 59-60 fath- oms; 41%4 miles WNW of buoy, 90-110 fathoms; 6 miles ESE of buoy, 56 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 61-63 and 64-65 fathoms; Ranger Bank, 76-77 and 78-83 fathoms; off San Benito Islands, 51-52 fathoms. Genus DIPHASIA Diphasia kincaidi (Nutting) Thuiaria elegans Nuttinc, Hyd. Harriman Exped., 1901, p. 187. Thuiaria kincaidi NuTTING, Amer. Nat., 1901, p. 789. Diphasia kincaidi NuTTING, Amer. Hyd., II, 1904, p. 112. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 139. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 239 Distribution.—Yaquina Bay, Ore., 2-5 fathoms; 314 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 35-38 fathoms; south of Santa Cruz Island, 37-40 fathoms; %4 mile north of Platt Harbor, 31-37 fathoms; 1 mile south of Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 34-41 fathoms; 1 mile WNW of Anacapa Island, 43-45 fathoms; %4 mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-26 fathoms; Avalon Bay, Santa Catalina Island, 98-116 fathoms; Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, 10 fath- oms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 and 40-48 fathoms. Genus HYDRALLMANIA Hydrallmania distans Nutting Hydrallmania distans NuTTING, Hyd. Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899, p. 746. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 140. Distribution—Near mouth of Salinas River, Monterey Bay, Calif., 10-13 fathoms; off San Pedro breakwater, 14 fathoms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 14 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fath- oms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms ; Coronado Beach, San Diego, 6-7 fathoms. Genus PASYA Pasya quadridentata (Ellis and Solander) Sertularia quadridentata ELLs and SOLANDER, Nat. Hist. Zooph., 1786, Role Pasythea quadridentata NuTTING, Amer. Hyd., IT, 1904, p. 75. Pasya quadridentata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 50. Fraskr, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution—South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; off San Juanico Bay, 16 fathoms. Genus SELAGINOPSIS Selaginopsis constans, new species Plate 27, Fig. 17 Trophosome.—Colony 6 cm, coarse and rigid, as in the other species of Selaginopsis; there are no distintc nodes in either stem or branches. There are but few branches, arranged alternately in the distal portion of the colony ; each branch is constricted at the base. The arrangement of the hydrothecae is distinctive, as there is the same number of series, 4, in the 240 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 stem and in the branches. As the hydrothecae are shaped much like those in S. cylindrica (Clark), or perhaps even more like those of S. pinnata Mer- eschkowsky, a portion of the branch looks like the proximal portion of the branch of S. cylindrica or any part of the branch in S. pinnata. On the stem, of course, the arrangement is entirely different since in those two species, there are but two series of hydrothecae. The hydrothecae are almost completely immersed; the entire margin is almost vertical. The operculum consists of a single abcauline flap. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1283-41, 2% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms; north of Santa Barbara Island, 100 fathoms. Selaginopsis mirabilis (Verrill) Diphasia mirabilis VERRILL, Amer. Jour. Sc., (3), 5, 1872, p. 9. Selaginopsis mirabilis FrRAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 145. Distribution.—Puget Sound. Selaginopsis trilateralis Fraser Selaginopsis trilateralis FRASER, Queen Charlotte Hyd., 1936, p. 504. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 148. Distribution —NE of Anacapa Island, 50 fathoms; 1% miles north of Cedros Island, 55-60 fathoms. Selaginopsis triserialis Mereschkowsky Selaginopsis triserialis MERESCHKOWSKY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), II, 1878, p. 435. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 148. Distribution.—3 miles south of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 20- 24 fathoms; Prisoners Harbor, 35-45 fathoms; 34 mile east of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 50 fathoms; 1514 miles WNW of Santa Barbara Island, 70 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 55-60 fathoms. Genus SERTULARELLA Sertularella amphorifera Allman Sertularella amphorifera ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 22. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 256. Distribution —9 miles off San Diego, 78-81 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 241 Sertularella clausa Allman Sertularella clausa ALLMAN, Challenger Hyd., II, 1888, p. 54. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution—Between Wreck and Stephens Bays, Chatham Island, Galapagos, 35 fathoms. Sertularella conica Allman Sertularella conica ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 21. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 151. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 51. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution—Off San Pedro; off Navidad Head, Tenacatita Bay, Mexico, 25-35 fathoms; Chacahua Bay, Mexico, 5-10 fathoms; Secas Islands, Panama, 12 fathoms; off Octavia Rocks, Colombia, 45 fathoms ; off Bindloe Island, Galapagos, 15 fathoms; off Barrington Island, 48-73 fathoms. Sertularella erecta Fraser Sertularella erecta FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 141. Fraser, Some California Hyd., 1940, p. 42. Distribution.—3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17-20 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21- 24 fathoms. Sertularella exilis Fraser Sertularella exilis FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 51. Distribution—North of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 76 fathoms. Sertularella formosa Fewkes Sertularella formosa FEwKES, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 1881, p;, 130. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 52. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution.—Secas Islands, Panama, 2-5 fathoms; Taboga Island, 2-5 fathoms; Pinas Bay, 30-35 fathoms. 242 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Sertularella fusiformis (Hincks) Sertularia fusiformis H1ncks, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), VIII, 186i; ip: 253. Sertularella fusiformis FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 153. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 52. Distribution —FEast of Point Fermin, Calif., shore; 1 mile NW of White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 2-3 fathoms. Sertularella multinoda, new species Plate 28, Fig. 18 Trophosome.—Colony simple, rigid, 2.5 mm, with few branches, simi- lar to the main stem, given off irregularly but alternately. The stem and branches are sinuous; the internodes are short, and the bend takes place at the oblique node. There may be some sign of annulation or wrinkling in the stem and branches. A hydrotheca is given off by each internode, the hydrotheca alternating; as the internode is so short, the hydrotheca is usually longer than the short, opposite side of the internode. The hydro- theca is nearly cylindrical, but is slightly turgid near the base, and slightly contracted below the margin. There are 3 teeth on the margin, usually 2 of them more prominent than the other one; there are 3 opercular flaps. The surface is transversely corrugated, with the rounded corrugations usually visible all around the hydrotheca. Gonosome.—The gonangia appear either on the stem or on the branch; they are elongated oval, 1.4 x 0.6 mm, tapering quite sharply to each end; the distal end forms a short, slender neck, with the terminal aperture small. The whole surface is transversely corrugated, with rounded corrugations. Distribution —Station 287-34, South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fath- oms. Remarks.—The species resembles Sertularella pinnata Clark more than any other species recorded from the northeast Pacific, but the colony is not so irregular, the cauline internodes are shorter, the teeth on the mar- gin of the hydrotheca are not so prominent, but the annulation through- out the colony is more in evidence, particularly in the wall of the hydro- theca. The gonangium is on the same general plan, but it is not askew as it is in §. pinnata. The differences are too great to indicate very close relationship. NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 243 Sertularella pedrensis Torrey Sertularella pedrensis ‘Torrey, Hyd. San Diego, 1904, p. 27. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 155. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 110. Distribution—San Miguel Passage, 18-19 fathoms; off Becher Bay, Santa Rosa Island, 10 and 16 fathoms; 3%4 miles east of South Point, 35-38 fathoms; 61%4 miles SE of South Point, 41 fathoms; 6.5 miles SE by E of South Point, 57 fathoms; 3.6 miles south of East Point, 54-55 fathoms; 3 miles south of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 20-24 fath- oms; off Gull Island, 39-43 fathoms; 1 mile north of San Pedro Point, 45-46 fathoms; 314 miles NE of San Pedro Point, 46-47 fathoms; Ana- capa Passage, 15-50 fathoms; 1 mile WNW of Anacapa Island, 41-43 fathoms; 1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 45-46 fathoms; % mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-26 fathoms; NE of Ana- capa Island, 50 fathoms; east of Anacapa Island, 50 fathoms; 3% miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; % mile SE of Point Mugu, 26-30 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, 47-48 fathoms; off Re- dondo Beach, 136-172 fathoms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 22-28 fathoms; San Pedro Channel, 67-110 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; Newport Channel, 4-10 fathoms; San Pedro Channel, 12 miles SW of Newport, 235-250 fathoms; off Abalone Point, Laguna Beach, 129 fathoms; off Eagle Bank, Santa Catalina Island, 40- 43 fathoms; 1 mile east of Empire Landing, 15-20 fathoms; 1% mile east of Willow Cove, 37-44 and 44-50 fathoms; off Isthmus Cove, 59-69 and 80-100 fathoms; off Goat Harbor, 15-20 fathoms; off Emerald Bay, 65- 90 fathoms; 2.8 miles WNW of Long Point, 60-68 fathoms; % milé west of Long Point, 21-40 fathoms; off Long Point, 40 and 50 fathoms ; west of Long Point, 20-50 fathoms; east of Long Point, 35-46 and 40-80 fathoms; 1 mile east of White Cove, 21 fathoms; off White Cove, 36-41 and 40-80 fathoms; 134 miles east of White Cove, 45-50 fathoms; Ava- lon Bay, 98-116 fathoms; off Bend Rock, 31-40 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; 214 miles SE of Church Rock, 59-61 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, 45-49 fathoms; south of Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, 55-69 and 55-110 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 and 41-48 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 45-46 fath- oms; 4 miles north of Todos Santos Island, Lower Calif., 40 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 20-25 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 61-63 and 64-65 fathoms; Ranger Bank, 76-77 and 78-83 fath- oms; off San Benito Islands, 51-52 and 71-95 fathoms; 1 mile south of 244 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 San Benito Islands, 44-49 fathoms; 514 miles south of San Benito Is- lands, 66-81 fathoms; 814 miles south of San Benito Islands, 71-72 fath- oms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, 30-31 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, 24-25 fathoms; off Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, 17-46 fathoms; north of Clarion Island, 35-36 and 30-40 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 75 and 120 fathoms; off Los Frailes, Gulf of California, 5-15 fathoms; Aqua Verde Bay, shore; off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, 10 and 46-75 fath- oms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 11-22 and 78-90 fath- oms; between Angel de la Guardia and Mejia Islands, 6-11 and 51-54 fathoms; off San Pedro Nolasco Island, 55-57 fathoms; Gulf of Dulce, Costa Rica, 19-48 fathoms. Sertularella rugosa ( Linn.) Sertularia rugosa LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 813. Sertularella rugosa FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 157. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 52. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution—Offt Redondo Beach, Calif., east of Point Fermin, shore; Santa Maria Bay, Lower Calif., 5-25 fathoms; off Lobos de Afuera Islands, Peru, shore and 25-30 fathoms. Sertularella similis, new species Plate 28, Fig. 19 Trophosome.—Colony rigid, 25 mm, or usually much less, un- branched, or with one or two branches given off nearly at right angles, seemingly loosely attached to the stem, as though a planula had settled on the surface and started to grow a colony. There is little or no indication of nodes, but the hydrothecae are given off in regular alternation. The hydrotheca is large, nearly 1.0 mm in length, not extensively immersed, but projecting outward at a wide angle to the stem. There are 4 teeth on the margin, and 4 flaps in the operculum. The special feature is the nature of the transverse corrugations; they are narrow, with a distinct ridge, and hence numerous; they pass all around the hydrotheca. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution —Station 561-36, south of Isla Partida, Gulf of Califor- nia, 70 fathoms. Remarks.—The trophosome of the species resembles that of S. conica Allman in almost every character. The feature difference is the numerous corrugations, so strongly marked, passing all around the hydrotheca, that take the place of the few, incomplete annulations that appear in S. conica. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 245 These corrugations are almost as much pronounced as they are in S. or- nata Fraser, where the hydrotheca is much smaller. It would appear that S. similis is a recent derivative of S. conica, as it appears within the range of that species, but without the gonangium it is not wise to be too definite in the matter. Sertularella sinuosa, new species Plate 28, Fig. 20 Trophosome.—The colony is small, growing from a non-reticulate stolon, unbranched, slender, with a maximum height of 20 mm, usually much less than this. ‘he stem is sinuous, divided into regular, short inter- nodes which are slightly oblique, or directly transverse. The hydrothecae are strictly alternate, nearly tubular, but slightly turgid in the proximal portion, turned outward to such an extent that the distal half is almost at right angles with the stem; margin with 3 well-marked, sharp teeth, much like those of S. tricuspidata (Alder) ; operculum of 3 flaps. Like the stem, the hydrothecae are small, 0.5 x 0.16 mm. Gonosome.— The gonangium arises from the aperture of the proximal hydrothecae, there may be 2 on the one stem; it is large, as much as 1.6 mm in length, obovate or elliptical, smooth, with a short pedicel extend- ing from the aperture of the hydrotheca. Distribution —Off San Pedro, Calif., depth not given; 34 mile east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17-20 fathoms; 2%4 miles east of South Point, 23-28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fath- oms; 3 miles east of South Point, 17-20 fathoms; 4.6 miles SW1%4W of East Point, 40 fathoms; 414 miles NE of Sandy Point, 35-36 fathoms; 1 mile SE of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 15-21 fathoms; 34 mile SE of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms; Laguna Beach, low tide; 1 mile NW of White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 2-3 fathoms ; off San Nicolas Island, 30 fathoms; west of Dutch Harbor, 8-9 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 25-28 fathoms; 234 miles off Point Loma, 9-13 fathoms ; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Chan- nel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms. Remarks.—This species has a habitus much similar to that of S. tur- gida, but the stem is much more slender and correspondingly less rigid than in that species. The species must be considered as aberrant in that the gonangium arises through the aperture of the hydrotheca, in which respect it resembles those in the genus Synthecium. It is possible that it should be placed in a new genus. 246 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Sertularella tenella (Alder) Sertularia tenella ALDER, Cat. Zooph. Northumberland, 1857, p. 113. Sertularella tenella FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 158. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 53. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution.—Puget Sound; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms. Sertularella tricuspidata (Alder) Sertularia tricuspidata ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), XVIII, 1856, p. 357. Sertularella tricuspidata FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 159. Distribution.—4.6 miles SWY%4W of East Point, Santa Rosa Island, 40 fathoms; 3 miles south of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 20-24 fathoms; 11% miles NW of Cavern Point, 54-56 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, 47-48 fathoms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; Avalon, Santa Catalina Island, shore; 2%4 miles SE of Church Rock, 59-61 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 4 miles north of Todos Santos Island, Lower Calif., 41 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 61-63 and 64-65 fathoms. Sertularella turgida (Trask) Sertularia turgida TRASK, Trans. Calif. Acad. Sc., 1857, p. 113. Sertularella turgida FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 160. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 53. Distribution —2¥%4 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23- 28 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 4.6 miles SW4W of East Point, 40 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 and 19-20 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 19-20 fathoms; Willow Anchorage, low tide; east of Gull Island, 6-10 fathoms; 314 miles NE of San Pedro Point, 46-47 fathoms; Anacapa Passage, 15-50 fathoms; 34 mile SE of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms; 314 miles south of Hueneme, 29-30 fathoms; 1 mile east of Santa Barbara Island, 20-40 fathoms; 4 miles east of Landing, 40 fath- oms; off Redondo Beach; off San Pedro breakwater, 4 fathoms; off Ana- heim; San Pedro Channel, 67-110 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; Newport Channel, Balboa Peninsula, landing float ; 3.5 miles WNW of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 40 fathoms; % mile off White Cove, 33-37 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben No. 5 FRASER! HYDROIDS 247 Weston Point, 45-49 fathoms; north of Santa Catalina Island, 50 fath- oms; off Wilson Cove, San Clemente Island, 52-61 fathoms; south of Pyramid Cove, 55-69 fathoms ; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 11 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 45-46 fathoms; 1 mile south of San Benito Islands, 44-49 fathoms; 81% miles south of Dewey Channel, Low- er Calif., 49 fathoms. Genus SERTULARIA Sertularia cornicina (McCrady) Dynamena cornicina McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 204. Sertularia cornicina Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 161. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 54. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution—Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. Sertularia dalmasi (Versluys) Thuiaria sertularioides ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 28. Desmoscyphus dalmasi VersLuys, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, 1899, p. 38. Sertularia rathbuni Nutrinc, Amer. Hyd., II, 1904, p. 57. Sertularia dalmasi Frassr, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 286. Distribution—South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Sertularia desmoides Torrey Sertularia desmoidis Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 65. Sertularia desmoides Torrey, Hydroids San Diego Region, 1904, p. 30. Sertularia desmoides FRAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 161. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 54. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. Distribution—Pacific Grove, Calif.; south of San Miguel Island, 15-24 fathoms; 1 mile south of Cardwell Point, 15-24 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17-20 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 fathoms; 3 miles SW of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, 19-20 fathoms; east of Gull Island, 6-10 and 11-19 fathoms; % mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-26 fathoms; 114 miles SE of Point Mugu, 26-30 fathoms; east of Santa Barbara Island, 19-20 fathoms; off Redondo 248 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Beach; east of Point Fermin, shore; off Anaheim; off Huntington Beach, 4-20 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fath- oms; off Isthmus Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 80-100 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; west of Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 8-9 fathoms; Tan- ner Bank, 25-28 fathoms; 714 miles south of Point Loma, 30-33 fathoms ; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; south of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 20 fathoms; off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, 10 fathoms; off Navidad Head, Tenacatita Bay, Mexico, 25-35 fathoms; Petatlan Bay, shore. Sertularia exigua Allman Sertularia exigua ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 24. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 54. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution —Off Abalone Point, Laguna Beach, Calif., 54-57 fath- oms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; off Santa Maria Bay, 18-25 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, Gulf of Califor- nia, 10 fathoms; off Consag Rock, 40-45 fathoms; Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, 13 fathoms; T'angola Tangola, shore. Sertularia furcata Trask Sertularia furcata TRASK, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sc., 1857, p. 112. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 162. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 55. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution —2¥V miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17- 18 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 fathoms; 4 miles east of Landing, Santa Barbara Island, 40 fathoms; off Santa Monica, on drift; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; in the channel, Newport Inlet, 4-10 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; Avalon Bay, Santa Catalina Island ; west of Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 8-9 fathoms; San Quentin Bay, Lower Calif., 3-5 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 fathoms; Dewey Channel, oppo- site San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 249 Sertularia inflata (Versluys) Desmoscyphus gracilis ALLMAN, Challenger Hyd., II, 1888, p. 71. Desmoscyphus inflatus VERsLUYS, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, 1899, p. 42. Sertularia versluysi NuTTING, Amer. Hyd. II, 1904, p. 53. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 55. Sertularia inflata FraszEr, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 283. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, Ecuador, 8-10 fathoms. Sertularia mayeri Nutting Sertularia mayeri NuTTING, Amer. Hyd., II, 1904, p. 59. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 55. Distribution.—3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms. Sertularia operculata Linn. Sertularia operculata LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 808. Nuttinec, Amer. Hyd., II, p. 54. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution Off Lobos de Afuera Islands, Peru, 25-30 fathoms; South Bay, Lobos de Afuera Islands, 12 fathoms. Sertularia pourtalesi Nutting Sertularia distans ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 25. Sertularia pourtalesi NUTTING, Amer. Hyd., II, 1904, p. 59. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 286. Distribution —4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms ; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; 814% miles south of Dewey Channel, 49 fathoms; San Juanico Bay, 24 fathoms. Sertularia stabilis, new species Plate 29, Fig. 21 Trophosome.—Colonies, growing to a height of 4 cm, but usually much less, grow in line from a filiform stolon; two colonies in succession are not far from each other, but the distance between varies. The stem is rigid, erect, branched. There is a pinched node just proximal to the first pair of hydrothecae, but there are no other definite nodes although the stem is constricted between each two pairs of hydrothecae in succession. The branches grow from the back of the stem, not from the side, the 250 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 longest 12 mm; they are all in the same plane but are irregularly placed, usually more of them on one side than on the other, but never numerous; except that they are more slender, they are much like the main stem. The hydrothecae are of medium size, 0.65 mm in length, nearly tubular, not curved outward very strongly ; on the face the pair is contiguous for about half the length, but on the back there is no such contact, as the hydro- thecae are fronto-laterally placed. ‘Iwo pairs in succession are separated by about one-third of the length of the hydrotheca. There are 2 teeth on the margin, and the operculum has 2 flaps. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1075-40, inside Georges Island, near the head of the Gulf of California, 1114-13 fathoms. Sertularia stookeyi Nutting Sertularia stookeyi NuTTING, Amer. Hyd., II, 1904, p. 59. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 55. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution —3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms ; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California, shore; east of San Esteban Island, 20-70 fathoms; Santa Elena Bay, Ecuador, 2-7 and 8-10 fathoms; North Seymour Island, Galapagos, shore ; Stephens Bay, Chatham Island, 12 fathoms. Genus THUIARIA Thuiaria crisioides (Lamouroux) Dynamena crisioides LAMOUROUX, Descr. Polyp. Flex., 1824, p. 613. Dynamena tubuliformis MARKTANNER, Hyd. K. K. Nat. Hof-Museums, 1890, p. 238. Thuiaria tubuliformis FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 56. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Thuiaria crisioides FRASER, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 296. Distribution—(All samples except those especially noted were ob- tained by shore collecting.) East of White Friars Islands, Mexico, 5-10 fathoms; Tangola Tangola; Playa Blanca, Costa Rica; Port Parker; Gulf of Dulce; south of Mala Point; Port Culebra; Wafer Bay, Cocos Island; Balboa, Canal Zone; Octavia Bay, Colombia; Cupica Bay; Port No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 251 Utria; Bindloe Island, Galapagos, 15 fathoms; NW of North Seymour Island ; west coast of South Seymour Island; west coast of James Island; Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island; Osborne Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island. Thuiaria fabricii (Levinsen) Sertularia fabricii LEVINSEN, Vid. Middel. Natyrh. Foren., 1893, p. 190. Thutaria fabrictt FRAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 168. Distribution—West of Fossil Point, Coos Bay, Ore., 4-6 fathoms. Thuiaria insociabilis, new species Plate 29, Fig. 22 Trophosome.—The colony observed was small, 13 mm; the main stem is neither straight nor rigid. There are 2 branches, 6 mm and 5 mm, both on the same side of the stem; there is a hydrotheca in the axil of each and 1 hydrotheca on the side of the stem between the 2 branches. The branches are more slender than the stem but otherwise resemble it. A process from the stem supports each branch and there is a distinct joint at its terminus; the proximal part of the stem is quite slender. The hydro- thecae are alternately arranged, the distance between 2 in succession being about twice the length of the hydrotheca. The hydrotheca is nearly tubu- lar, but tapers slightly towards the margin, curving slightly but regularly from base to margin, almost wholly immersed. There are no noticeable teeth on the margin; the operculum consists of a single, abcauline flap. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1273-41, 5 miles NE of Anacapa Island Lighthouse, 125-135 fathoms. Thuiaria similis (Clark) Sertularia similis CLARK, Alaskan Hyd., 1876, p. 219. Thutaria similis FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 171. Distribution Puget Sound. Thuiaria simplex Fraser Thuiaria simplex FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 55. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution —Off Cape San Francisco, Ecuador, 15 fathoms; Santa Elena Bay, 8-10 fathoms. 252 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Family Plumularidae Genus AGLAOPHENIA Aglaophenia diegensis Torrey A glaophenia diegensis ‘TorREY, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 71. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 175. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 56. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 111. Distribution —34 mile off Cat Rock, Ancapa Island, 125-135 fath- oms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; San Diego, shore ; off Coronado Beach, San Diego, 6-7 fathoms; San Lorenzo Channel, Gulf of California, 3-5 fathoms; San Francisco Island, shore; north of Isla Partida, 46-75 fathoms; north of Lobos Point, shore ; ‘epo- ca Bay, shore; Guaymas Bay, shore and 2-3 fathoms; off Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, 13 fathoms; south of San Francisco Island, Ecuador, 47 fathoms. Aglaophenia dispar, new species Plates 29, 30, Fig. 23 Trophosome.—Colony consists of a somewhat slender, lax stem, 12 cm, with several long branches on each side, irregularly arranged; occa- sionally smaller, secondary branches appear. The stem is divided regularly into short internodes by nodes so deeply cut that the end of the internode appears to be rounded; each internode bears a hydrocladium, centrally placed, well forward on the face, so that the angle between two alternate hydrocladia at the base is small. The hydrocladia are relatively short, the longest 8 mm, but most of them are considerably less than this. The nodes here are also well marked but not so distinctly cut as they are on the stem or branch. There is a slight indication of a septum opposite the intrathe- cal septum, but there are no others. The hydrotheca is short and stout, with the septum very short. The margin is provided with 11 much dis- similar teeth ; the median is short but sharp and is retrorse; the first lateral is much longer than any of the others and is also sharp but not so distinct- ly so as the median; the second lateral is the shortest of the lot; the third and fourth are much the same shape as the second, but at least twice as large; the fifth is as high as the third or fourth but is more slender; all of these are sharp pointed. The supracalycine nematophores are smaller than usual, not reaching the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nematophore is in contact with the face of the hydrotheca for fully three-fourths of its No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 253 length, and then projects outward, nearly at right angles to the face of the hydrotheca; the 3 cauline nematophores on each internode are of the usual type. Gonosome.—The corbula is of median size with 8 pairs of leaves; except for the taper at the proximal end it is nearly cylindrical. The nematophores are rather small and farther apart than usual; the basal one does not form a spur, but there is a perforation on the proximal side of the ridge opposite it. There are 2 hydrothecae between the corbula and the stem. Distribution—Station 885-38, San Luis Obispo Bay, Calif., 8-14 fathoms; near mouth of the Salinas River, Monterey Bay, 10-13 fathoms; off Point Arguello, 15-30 fathoms; off El Segundo, 30-31 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 3-5 fathoms. Aglaophenia diversidentata, new species Plate 30, Fig. 24 Trophosome.—The largest fragment of a colony obtained was 4 cm in height; the hydrocladia up to 9 mm, are well spread out so that pos- sibly the colony is larger than the average. The stem is dark horn color, and the hydrocladia are almost white; the stem is divided into regular internodes by nodes that are not strongly marked, each of which gives off a hydrocladium, farther from the distal node than usual, frontally placed, projecting forward at first but soon curving so that the main part of each is in much the same plane as the stem and the hydrocladium on the other side of the stem. In the hydrocladia the nodes are rather faint but dis- tinct. The hydrothecae are placed quite close together as they occupy all of the internodes. There is 1 short internodal septum opposite the hydro- thecal septum. The distal end of the hydrotheca projects well outward but even at the margin the diameter is not as great as the length. The septum is distinct but short. The margin provides the distinctive feature. There are 9 teeth present, but they are strongly diverse ; the median tooth is quite small, and is acute; the first lateral is large, rounded at the tip, and projects well forward, often entirely hiding the median tooth from a lateral view; there is a deep, broad sinus between the first and second lateral; the second and third laterals are much the same size, long and slender, acute but not very sharp pointed; the sinus between the two is quite narrow; the fourth lateral is quite low, sometimes scarcely showing, 254 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 separated from the third by a broad but shallow sinus. The supracalycine nematophore overtops the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nemato- phore is attached to the hydrotheca for about two-thirds of the length of the hydrotheca and then projects definitely outward and is rounded at the tip. Of the 3 cauline nematophores on each internode, the 2 at the base of the hydrocladial process differ in size; the third is farther down the internode than usual; they are all tubular. Gonosome.—The corbula is small, with 6 pairs of leaves, the edges of which do not meet evenly in the middle line; the nematophores are farther apart and more pointed than usual. There is 1 thecate internode between the corbula and the stem. Distribution—From piles of Standard Oil Pier, San Diego Bay, lit- toral on ascidians. Aglaophenia epizoica, new species Plate 30, Fig. 25 Trophosome.—Colonies may reach a height of 20 cm, or possibly even more, but this description was taken from a specimen 4.5 cm in height ; this specimen with others like it were scattered over the surface of the body and appendages of a crab; the stem is stout and quite rigid, divided into short internodes by well marked nodes; each internode gives rise to a hydrocladium, the hydrocladia being arranged alternately; each hydrocladium arises from a process well on the face of the stem, so that the angle between two in succession is quite small; very soon the hydro- cladia curve outward, so that, apart from the proximal portions, all of them are nearly in the same plane; they project forward or upward but little so that they are nearly at right angles to the stem; they are quite rigid also so that the whole colony has a stiff appearance. The hydrocla- dium may be 1.5 cm in length, but a grading in length takes place so that the colony is symmetrical plumose. The nodes are somewhat oblique and quite well marked. There is little sign of septa except just oposite the hydrothecal septum. The hydrotheca is large, the distal portion projecting so much that the hydrotheca is almost triangular, with the margin almost as broad as the hydrotheca is long. The horizontal septum is strongly marked and reaches nearly all the way across the hydrotheca. The margin is provided with 11 teeth; the median is smaller than the others and is sharp-pointed ; it is almost erect; the first lateral is much larger and pro- jects well forward ; the sinus between the first and second lateral is wider no. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 255 than any of the others, but it is shallower; the second, third and fourth laterals do not differ much in size or shape; they are rounded at the tip; the fifth is smaller than any of the other laterals and is more sharply pointed. The supracalycine nematophores are of medium size, curved, reaching to the margin of the hydrotheca or slightly beyond; the mesial nematophore is adherent to the face of the hydrotheca for about three- fourths of its length, and then projects sharply outward, the total length being much the same as the length of the face of the hydrotheca; there is a distinct septum between the nematophore and the hydrotheca through- out the whole length of the adherent portion. The 3 cauline nematophores on each internode do not differ materially from the usual type. Gonosome.—The corbula is large, up to 15 pairs of leaves, elongated elliptical, the taper being slightly more pronounced proximally than dis- tally; there are no perforations between successive pairs of leaves; the basal nematophore on each leaf projects somewhat to form an inconspicu- ous spur. There are 2-4 hydrothecae between the corbula and the stem. Distribution.—Station 1296-41, 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 19-20 fathoms; 1 mile north of Point Bennett, San Miguel Island, 40-46 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 and 15-20 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 fathoms; 2.6 miles east of East Point, 47-49 fathoms; 6% miles SE of East Point, 46 fathoms; 3 miles SE of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms; 0.3 miles west of Peli- can Bay, 35 fathoms; 1 mile north of San Pedro Point, 45-46 fathoms; 3% miles NE of San Pedro Point, 46-47 fathoms; 14 mile east of San Pedro Point, 26-40 fathoms; %4 mile north of Platt Point, 36-47 fath- oms; east of Gull Island, 11-19 fathoms; Anacapa Passage, 25-26 fath- oms; north of Anacapa Island, 15 fathoms; 1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 45-46 fathoms; 1 mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-26 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 45 fathoms; east of Santa Barbara Island, 41-47 fathoms; 1 mile east of Santa Barbara Island, 20- 40 fathoms; 4 miles east of Landing, Santa Barbara Island, 40 fathoms; 314 miles—238° off Huntington Beach, 74-77 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; south of San Nicolas Island, 20-34 fathoms; Dutch Harbor, 15-22 fathoms; 9 miles off San Diego, 78-81 fathoms; San Diego Bay, 5-7 fathoms; Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 78-83 fathoms; 1 mile south of San Benito Islands, 40-49 fathoms; 514 miles south of San Benito Islands, 69-81 fathoms. 256 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Aglaophenia fluxa, new species Plate 31, Fig. 26 Trophosome.—Colony consists of a long, slender, lax stem, 20 cm, and 1 or more branches, that may be almost as long as the main stem; from the main stem and the primary branches, scattered, short branches are given off; all of them are divided into regular, short internodes by well marked nodes; each internode of the stem or branch gives off a hydrocladium, the hydrocladia alternately arranged and fronto-laterally placed. ‘The hydrocladia are relatively short, often not more than 2 mm in length, but sometimes as long as 5 mm, divided into regular, short internodes by slightly oblique nodes. The septa are scarcely developed, only one, opposite the hydrothecal septum, showing. The hydrotheca is short and stout, with only 1 short, intrathecal septum. There are 11 mar- ginal teeth; the median tooth is sharp, strongly retrorse; the first lateral tooth is larger and projects forward; the second is usually smaller, some- what sharp rather than rounded; the third is larger and more rounded; the fourth is nearly the same shape and size as the third; the fifth is slen- der and is definitely pointed, often to be seen only with difficulty, as it is so near the rear median line. The supracalycine nematophore is of medium size, scarcely reaching the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nemato- phore is about two-thirds of the length of the face of the hydrotheca, with but a small portion, less than one-fourth, free. The three cauline nemato- phores are of the usual type. Gonosome.—The corbula is 3 mm in length, and 1.25 mm in greatest depth; it is slightly greater in the proximal portion than in the distal ; there are 10 pairs of leaves; there are no perforations and the basal nematophore does not form a spur. There are 2 hydrothecae between the corbula and the stem. Distribution—Station 1241-41, 7% miles south of Point Loma, Calif., 30-33 fathoms; off Redondo Beach; 2 miles off Belmont Pier, 7-10 fathoms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 4-20 fathoms; 6 miles SE of San Pedro breakwater, 20-21 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms. All in southern California waters. Aglaophenia inconspicua Torrey A glaophenia inconspicua Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 72. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 176. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 56. Distribution—3 miles SE of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fath- No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 257 oms; east shore of Santa Barbara Island; off Redondo Beach; off San Pedro breakwater, 14 fathoms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; in channel, Newport Harbor, 4-10 fathoms; 7 miles east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 228-267 fathoms; 1 mile NW of White Cove, 2-3 fathoms; south of San Nicolas Island, 20-34 fathoms; 2 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 42-45 fathoms; San Diego, shore; 434 miles east of Coronado Islands, 14 fathoms; 11% miles north of Cedros Island, 45- 55 fathoms; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms; Turners Island, off Tiburon Island, Gulf of California, shore; off Rocky Point, Sonora, 10 fathoms. Aglaophenia integriseptata, new species Plate 31, Fig. 27 Trophosome.—The symmetrical colony reaches a height of 11 cm; the dark horn-colored stem is divided into regular internodes by well marked nodes. The hydrocladial processes are so near the middle line on the face of the stem that they form a zigzag series, but each hydrocladium turns quite abruptly outward so that those on the two sides are nearly in the same plane for the greater part of their length. The hydrocladia, of a lighter color than the stem, are regularly graded in length, the longest 1.2 mm. The internodes are relatively short and there are no noticeable septa except for a slight indication opposite the hydrothecal septum. The hydrotheca is short and stout, of much greater diameter at the margin than at the base.* There are 9 teeth on the margin; the median tooth is small and sharp, slightly retrorse, but appearing to be more so since the first lateral tooth is much longer and projects markedly outward ; the sec- ond lateral is the smallest, the third and fourth being nearly equal, as broad but not as long as the first lateral. The supracalycine nematophore is not large and does not reach past the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nematophore is almost as long as the face of the hydrotheca, in contact with this for at least three-fourths of its length, and then turning outward. In some instances, if not in all, there are but 2 nematophores on each cauline internode. Gonosome.—The corbula is not large, with 7 or 8 pairs of leaves, quite definitely cylindrical, with the length, 2.4 mm, little more than twice the diameter. There are no perforations or spur-like nematophores * The septum is complete, straight but oblique, the end at the face of the hydro- theca being the more distant from the base. 258 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 at the base of the leaves. There is 1 hydrotheca between the corbula and the stem. Distribution.—Station 1008-39, off San Benito Islands, 51-52 fath- oms; 1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 45-46 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif., 47-48 fathoms; 1 mile east of Santa Barbara Island, 20-40 fathoms; off San Benito Islands, 51-52 fathoms; 5¥4 miles south of San Benito Islands, 71-72 and 66-81 fathoms. Aglaophenia late-septata, new species Plate 32, Fig. 28 Trophosome.—Colony relatively small, 3.5 cm, is rigid and prim; as the hydrocladia are quite uniform in length, 4 mm, except for a small portion proximally and distally, where a rapid tapering takes place; al- though the stem is stiff, it is not very short; the nodes are not distinct. The hydrocladia are given off in regular alternation; they are fronto- laterally placed, but as they turn outward almost at once, the angle be- tween those on the two sides is a large one. The hydrocladial internodes are short, the nodes quite well marked; two septa are indicated. The hydrotheca projects outward towards the margin; it is relatively stout; the intrathecal septum reaches all the way across the hydrotheca; it is straight and is especially thick; it is placed low in the hydrotheca. The margin is irregular; in some cases, there is evidence of 11 teeth present, but in general the irregularities are scarcely prominent enough to be called teeth; the median tooth is slightly more prominent in most cases, and is sharper than any of the others. The supracalycine nematophore is large, pear-shaped, reaching above the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nematophore is not as long as the face of the hydrotheca, the free portion projecting well outward. The 3 cauline nematophores on each internode are large and tend to be triangular rather than tubular. Gonosome.—The corbula is cylindrical, more than 3 mm in length, with 11 or 12 pairs of leaves. There is no definite spur at the base of the leaf. There are 2 hydrothecae between the corbula and the stem. Distribution——Station 1121-40, off San Nicolas Island, Calif., 40-48 fathoms ; 314 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 35-38 fath- oms; 14 mile south of Gull Island, Santa Cruz Island, 34-41 fathoms; YZ mile east of Abalone Point, Laguna Beach, 44-46 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 11 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 45- 46 fathoms; 914 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 50 fathoms; 414 miles WNW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 90-110 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 25-28 and 37-40 fathoms. no. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 259 Aglaophenia latirostris Nutting A glaophenia latirostris NUTTING, Amer. Hyd., I, 1900, p. 101. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 177. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 111. Distribution —Off San Pedro; off San Jose Point, Guatemala, 12-13 fathoms. Aglaophenia longicarpa Fraser A glaophenia longicarpa FrRAsER, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 112. Fraszr, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution —Off Isabel Island, Mexico, 10-15 fathoms. Aglaophenia lophocarpa Allman A glaophenia lophocarpa ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 41. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 177. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 111. Distribution.—1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 45-46 fathoms; 314 miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; off Hunt- ington Beach, 4-20 fathoms ; 3% miles off Huntington Beach, 17-18 fath- oms; 1114 miles SE of Long Beach, 52 fathoms; 7 miles east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 230-240 fathoms ; off Coronado Beach, San Diego, 5-7 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 55-60 fathoms ; Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 76-77 fathoms; 714 miles SSW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 63-66 fathoms; off San Pedro Nolasco Island, Gulf of California, 55-57 fathoms. Aglaophenia octocarpa Nutting A glaophenia octocarpa NuTTING, Amer. Hyd., I, 1900, p. 103. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 178. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 111. Distribution —7¥% miles south of Point Loma, Calif., 30-33 fathoms. Aglaophenia pinguis Fraser A glaophenia pinguis FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 113. Distribution —6% miles SE of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 46 fathoms; off El Segundo, Calif., 28-32 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 10 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 2 miles SE of Cedros Island Light, 47-55 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite 260 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, 30-31 fathoms; San Lorenzo Channel, Gulf of California, 3-5 fathoms; Ballenas Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, shore; north of Isla Partida, 75 fathoms; east of San Francisco Island, 47 fathoms; off Isabel Island, Mexico, 10-15 fathoms. Remarks.—The prominence of the teeth on the margin of the hydro- theca in this species is quite variable. In the original description the num- ber of teeth was given as 8, as the median tooth was so small in the speci- men described that it was overlooked. It is never prominent, but in some specimens it shows up definitely. The other teeth may be somewhat simi- larly reduced so that the margin becomes a mere wavy line. In the original description, ““I'wo intrathecal ridges well marked,” should, of course, read “Two internodal ridges.”’ The intrathecal septum is well marked and may reach all the way across the hydrotheca. Aglaophenia pluma ( Linn.) Sertularia Pluma LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1309. A glaophenia pluma FraseEr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 179. Distribution.—34 mile south of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fathoms. Aglaophenia prominens Fraser A glaophenia prominens FRAsER, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 142. Distribution—1 mile south of Point Bennett, San Miguel Island, 45-46 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 17-20 fathoms; east of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 19-20 fathoms; 434 miles east of Coronado Islands, Mexico, 14 fathoms. Aglaophenia propinqua Fraser A glaophenia propinqua FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 114. Distribution—Agua Verde Bay, Gulf of California, shore and 10 fathoms ; Ensenada de San Francisco, 15-18 fathoms. Aglaophenia struthionides (Murray) Plumularia struthionides Murray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), V, 1860, p. 114. Aglaophenia struthionides FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 180. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 111. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 261 Distribution—Tyler Point, San Miguel Island, shore; Santa Cruz Channel, 32-34 fathoms ; off Redondo Beach, Calif.; off San Pedro break- water, 4 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 10 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; west of Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 8-9 fathoms; San Quentin Bay, Lower Calif., 8-9 fath- oms; Rosario Bay, 10-15 fathoms. Aglaophenia triplex, new species Plate 32, Fig. 29 Trophosome.—Colonies grow in clusters to a height of 8 cm; they are quite symmetrical but the plume is tapered farther and more gradu- ally than is common in the genus. The stem is not a very dark horn color but it is much darker than the hydrocladia. Nodes are indicated but are not strongly marked. The hydrocladia are fronto-laterally placed, in reg- ular alternation; the processes on the two sides are at an angle of nearly 90° to each other; from the process the hydrocladium curves outward, and continues to do so; in consequence, the plume does not appear as a plane surface. The nodes of the hydrocladium are indistinct or absent, but in what corresponds to an internode, there are 2 partial septa, 1 at the base of the supracalycine nematophore, and the other opposite the hydro- thecal septum. The hydrotheca is of medium length and width, not pro- jecting outward strongly. The intrathecal septum is well marked, reaches about half way across the hydrotheca, and is curved, the concave side fac- ing towards the margin. The teeth on the margin provide the special fea- ture; there are 9 of them. Instead of having a single median tooth, there are 3 much similar, small, sharp-pointed teeth, forming nearly a straight line across the face of the hydrotheca; the 3 on each side that are truly lateral, are much larger than each of these frontal teeth; they are rounded and similar; the first of these projects forward so well that, in a direct, lateral view, the frontal teeth are entirely hidden. Of the 3 groups of 3 teeth, those in the 2 lateral groups, similar in themselves, are quite differ- ent to those in the frontal group. The supracalycine nematophores are large, overtopping the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nematophore is only slightly shorter than the face of the hydrotheca, with but a small portion projecting. The 3 cauline nematophores on each internode are of less than medium size. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1075-40, inside Georges Island, near the head of the Gulf of California, 1114-13 fathoms. 262 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Aglaophenia venusta, new species Plate 32, Fig. 30 Trophosome.—Colonies, loosely clustered, up to 7 cm in length, arise from a stolon which is slightly reticulated, but the hydrocladia are rela- tively short, often not more than 3 mm, and they are regular, hence the whole colony is quite graceful. As is often the case in this genus, the stem is much darker horn-colored than the hydrocladia. The stem is divided into regular, short internodes by well marked, transverse nodes; as each internode gives rise to a hydrocladium, the hydrocladia are closer together than usual; they arise from the face of the internode not far from the middle, hence at their origin, two in succession make an acute angle with each other; the principal portions of the hydrocladia on the two sides are nearly in the same plane. The internodes of the hydrocladium are rela- tively short as well. The partial septa, 2 of them, are well marked but are short; the nodes are transverse. The hydrotheca is much similar to that of 4. longicarpa, although it is noticeably smaller, less than 114 times as long as broad, increasing in diameter from base to margin; the septum is short but distinct. There are 9 teeth on the margin; the median is small and sharp-pointed, erect or slightly retrorse; the first lateral is the longest, projecting forward slightly, so that the tip of the median may sometimes be seen past it; the remaining laterals are more rounded, and although they are distinct, they are not deeply cut. The supracalycine nematophores are suitably small, projecting outward and then upward, just reaching the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nematophore is not far from being as long as the face of the hydrotheca; less than one- fourth is free, projecting but little. The 3 nematophores on the cauline internode are similarly tubular; as the internode is short, these are placed quite close together. Gonosome.—The corbula has not the great length that it has in 4. longicarpa, but it is relatively and actually stouter, little more than twice as long as deep; it has 8-10 pairs of leaves. There are 2 hydrothecae between the corbula and the stem. The corbulae are not particularly plentiful in any one colony, but they are well scattered throughout the length of the stem. Distribution Station 970-39, Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Is- lands, Mexico, 13 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 263 Genus ANTENNELLA Antennella avalonia Torrey Antennella avalonia Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 74. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 181. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 57. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution 2% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15- 21 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 23-26 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; 1 mile NW of White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 31 fathoms; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Antennella gracilis Allman Antennella gracilis ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 38. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 58. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 315. Distribution —Off Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, 13 fathoms. Genus ANTENNULARIA Antennularia constricta, new species Plate 33, Fig. 31 Trophosome.—The plumose colony, 5 cm, has less difference in the relative size of the stem and the hydrocladia than is usual in this genus, because the stem is not very stout and the hydrocladia are not especially slender. The stem is divided into internodes of varying length by nodes so well marked that the stem is definitely constricted where they appear; there may be 1, 2, or 3 hydrocladia arising from an internode. The hydro- cladia are arranged in 2 series, in an approach to regular alternation, nearly, but not quite, in the same plane. The hydrocladial process is of medium size, with a definite pseudonematophore. In many of the hydro- cladia all of the internodes are thecate, the first one shorter than the others, but in some instances, in the distal part of the hydrocladium, extra nodes may be inserted to divide the long internode into two internodes, the proximal being athecate and the distal thecate; the hydrotheca appears much nearer the distal node; there are no distinct, internodal septa. On the hydrocladial process there are 2 nematophores in the axil, proximal to the pseudonematophore, and 1 distal to this; on the first thecate inter- 264 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 node, besides the supracalycine nematophores, there are usually 2 mesial nematophores proximal to the hydrotheca, but none distal to it; on the other, longer internodes, there are 3 nematophores proximal to the hydro- theca. When the long internode is divided into 2 internodes, there are 2 nematophores on the athecate internode, and 1 on the thecate, proximal to the hydrotheca. The number of nematophores on the cauline internodes varies, most commonly there are 3 nematophores on the one side between 2 hydrocladia in succession. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1162-40, 11 miles south of Seal Beach, Calif., 82-95 fathoms; Carmel Bay, Calif., 10-40 fathoms; Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 78-83 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 120 fathoms. Antennularia gracilis, new species Plate 33, Fig. 32 Trophosome.—The colony is small, both short, 2.5 cm, and slender; the stem is divided into internodes that are not all of the same length; in some cases, there are 2 hydrocladia to the internode, and in others, there are 3, but the hydrocladia are in quite regular alternation, in the same plane. The hydrocladial process is relatively long. The hydrocladium is divided into internodes by noticeably oblique nodes, all of which are thecate; the proximal one shorter than the others. Sometimes the long internode is divided into internodes, the proximal, athecate, with 1 ne- matophore, and the distal, thecate, also with 1 nematophore. There are no internodal septa visible. ‘(The hydrotheca is placed some distance from the distal node. The supracalycine nematophores are relatively long; there is 1 mesial nematophore on the first internode and 2 on each of the others, all proximal to the hydrotheca. On the hydrocladial process, there is a proximal pseudonematophore, centrally placed, a normal nematophore in the axil and 1 distal to the pseudonematophore. There is usually but 1 cauline nematophore between 2 hydrocladia on the same side, nearer the proximal hydrocladium, but sometimes there is also 1 near the distal hydrocladium. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Station 1263-41, 1% miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 fathoms; 14 mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 26 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 265 Antennularia inconstans, new species Plate 33, Fig. 33 Trophosome.—Colonies, loosely clustered, reach a height of 7 cm; the stem is stout, with but few nodes indicated. The slender hydrocladia are biserially arranged, in the same plane, but the relative position of those on the two sides is not at all constant, nor is the distance between two in succession on the same side. The hydrocladial process is of medium length ; it usually bears a pseudonematophore and 3 normal nematophores, 2 of them on the shoulder, and the other farther out, but sometimes the single one is missing. All of the internodes are thecate; on the first internode, the hydrotheca is nearly centrally placed, but on the others it is about twice as far from the proximal as the distal. On the first internode, be- sides the supracalycine nematophores, there are usually 2 proximal, and 1 distal to the hydrotheca, medially placed; in the others, the number is not constant, but most commonly there are 3 median nematophores proxi- mal to the hydrotheca, and none distal to it. The internodal septa, one near each end of the internode, are present, but not very distinctly marked. The number of cauline nematophores between 2 hydrocladia in succession on the same side, is not constant, but is usually 3, unless the distance is short, when more commonly there are but 2. Gonosome.—As is usual in the genus, the gonangia are small; they are obovate, sometimes slightly curved, attached to the shoulder of the hydrocladial process. Distribution.—Station 1084-40, off San Pedro Nolasco Island, Gulf of California, 93-111 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 and 55-60 fathoms. Antennularia inverta, new species Plate 34, Fig. 34 Trophosome.—Colony, 4.5 cm, grows singly, erect; the stem is di- vided into regular internodes by well marked nodes, with the stem con- stricted at the nodes. There are 2 hydrocladia given off each internode in the same plane; in the proximal portion, these are opposite, or at least, sub-opposite, placed near the distal end of the internode; more distally, one of them remains in this position, but the other gets farther and farther from the distal node until finally it is nearer the proximal node; the hydrocladial process is of medium length. The hydrocladia are quite con- stant in their division into internodes, all of which are thecate, except that the proximal internode is somewhat shorter than the others. The hydro- 266 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 theca is placed a short distance from the distal end in each case. The inter- nodal septa are present but are not strongly marked. The supracalycine nematophores present no unusual features; there are 2 mesial nemato- phores on the first internode and 3 on each of the others, proximal to the hydrotheca. There is the usual pseudonematophore on the hydrocladial process, with a normal nematophore proximal, and one distal to it. On the cauline internodes, the number of nematophores differs; in the proxi- mal portion of the stem, there are most commonly 2 nematophores, not far apart, proximally, and a single one distally, on each side of the inter- node, but one of these, most commonly the distal one, may be missing. Distally, there may be the same number between 2 hydrocladia on the same side of the stem, but the change in position on the internode, of one of the hydrocladia, displaces to some extent the exact position of some of the nematophores. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1276-41, 1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif., 47-48 fathoms. Remarks.—This species is very similar to 4. mutabilis Fraser, but the relative position of the opposite and alternate hydrocladia is inverted, since in 4. mutabilis, the proximal hydrocladia are alternate and the dis- tal, opposite or sub-opposite. There is no clue as to which species is the older. Antennularia irregularis Fraser A ntennularia irregularis FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 59. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 111. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution—1 mile north of San Pedro Point, Santa Cruz Island, 45-46 fathoms. Antennularia mutabilis, new species Plate 34, Fig. 35 Trophosome.—The slender colony, 7 cm, grows singly; the stem is relatively slender, without distinct nodes. The hydrocladia are in the same plane or nearly so, in the proximal portion of the stem, arranged in quite regular alternation, but in the distal portion, they are definitely de- cussate. The hydrocladial process is of medium length, about half the length of the first internode; a pseudonematophore is present. The nodes are well marked, but the internodal septa are indistinct or absent. On No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 267 most of the hydrocladia, the internodes are all thecate; the first one is shorter than the others, with the hydrotheca near the middle; in the others, the hydrotheca is about one-third the distance from the distal end. Occasionally, in the distal portion of the hydrocladium, an extra node is introduced to divide the normal, long, thecate internode into a proximal, athecate internode and a distal thecate internode. The supracalycine ne- matophores are rather long; there is 1 mesial nematophore on the first internode, proximal to the hydrotheca, and on the others, 2, or occasion- ally 3 nematophores; when the extra internode is introduced, 1 nemato- phore remains with the thecate internode. There are 2 nematophores at the axil of the hydrocladial process, 1 on each side, and a single one farther out than the pseudonematophore. In the proximal part of the stem, there are 2 nematophores between 2 hydrocladia on the same side, and in the distal portion, there are 2 pairs of nematophores a short dis- tance above each pair of processes. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1254-40, 8 miles SW of Cedros Island, 63-65 fathoms; in the same general area, 45-46 fathoms. Antennularia parva, new species Plate 35, Fig. 36 Trophosome.—The plumose colony is very small for this genus, only 9 or 10 mm in height ; there are few nodes in the stem, irregularly placed ; these are as strongly marked as they are in 4. constricta Fraser. The hydrocladia are arranged in 2 irregular series, an intergrade between the regular alternate, and the decussate arrangement. There is variation in the distance between 2 hydrocladia in succession. The hydrocladial process is shorter than the average. The longest hydrocladium is 4 mm; the di- vision into hydrocladial internodes is not constant, but most frequently, the first 2 internodes are thecate, and then athecate and thecate internodes alternate. The septum near each end of each internode is well marked. In all the thecate internodes except the second, the hydrotheca is placed near the middle of the internode; the second is longer than the others, and appears to include what corresponds to the athecate, and the succeeding thecate, internodes, in the remainder of the hydrocladium, but there is no sign of a node separating the 2 parts; in consequence, the distance from the hydrotheca to the proximal node is at least twice that to the distal. There is a pair of nematophores in the axil of the hydrocladial process, and a single one farther out; in all of the thecate internodes but the sec- 268 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 ond, and in all of the athecate internodes, there is a single, mesial nemato- phore; the supracalycine nematophores present no unusual feature. In most instances, there is a cauline nematophore on each side of the stem between 2 successive hydrocladia. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1260-41, Dewey Channel, opposite San Eu- genio Point, Lower Calif., 21-26 fathoms. Antennularia polynema, new species Plate 35, Fig. 37 Trophosome.—Colony, long, 13 cm, and rather slender, consists of a stem of medium diameter, constricted at the well marked nodes. Four slender hydrocladia arise from each internode, with a decussate arrange- ment. The process is of medium length or less, with a well developed pseudonematophore. In most cases, all of the hydrocladial internodes are thecate; the septa are indistinct or absent. The proximal internode is shorter than the others, with the hydrotheca centrally placed. The others are of similar length, with the hydrotheca not far from the distal node. Occasionally, in the distal portion of the hydrocladium, a node may be inserted to divide the internode into two, the proximal being athecate and the distal, thecate. There is a pair of supracalycine nematophores with each hydrotheca; on the proximal internode, there are 2 mesial nemato- phores proximal to the hydrotheca, and in the other, longer internodes, there are 3 of them. When the long internode is divided by an extra node, 2 nematophores remain on the athecate internode, and 1 on the thecate. ‘There are 2 nematophores in, or near, the axil of the hydrocladial process, and 1 between the pseudonematophore and the node. The cauline nemato- phores are more numerous than usual; they vary in number, but com- monly 3 appear in line between the one process and the next one in line, so that there are 3 nematophores on each side of each internode. Gonosome.—The gonangia are of fair size for the genus, oval or ob- ovate, with a distinct, though short, pedicel. They appear singly or in pairs in the axils of the hydrocladial processes in the proximal half of the colony. Distribution—Station 1106-40, off San Francisco Island, Gulf of California, 43-44 fathoms; 14 mile east of San Pedro Point, Santa Cruz Island, 26-40 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, Santa Catalina Island, 44-49 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 75 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 269 Antennularia reversa Fraser Antennularia reversa FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 115. Distribution—Oft Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California, 51-54 fathoms. Antennularia septata Fraser Plate 36, Fig. 38 Antennularia septata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 116. Gonosome.—(Not previously described.) There is a sex differentia- tion in the gonangia similar to that in some species of Plumularia. Both types grow from the face of the hydrocladial processes throughout a large portion of the stem. The female gonangium is stout for its length, in the one direction, almost as broad as long, but in the other diameter, the dif- ference is more definite, so that the whole gonangium is flattened; it is obovate, the distal end obtuse, but slightly rounded, the proximal end tapered to a short pedicel. In the male, the gonangium is elongated ellip- tical, much like that in Plumularia corrugata Nutting, or P. lagenifera Allman. These male specimens are more slender than those described originally and the cauline nodes are quite distinct. Distribution.—1 mile south of East Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-16 fathoms; 1 mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 26 fathoms; San Francisquito Bay, Gulf of California, 20 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 51-54 fathoms; off Willard Point, Gonzaga Bay, 30-40 fathoms. Antennularia tetraseriata Fraser Antennularia tetraseriata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 59. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 116. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution —%% mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-26 fathoms; 124 miles north of Cedros Island, 55-60 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; between Angel de la Guardia and Mejia Islands, Gulf of California, 6-11 fathoms; south of San Esteban Island, 25 fathoms. Genus CLADOCARPUS Cladocarpus (?) gracilis, new species Plate 36, Fig. 39 Trophosome.—A colony, 10 mm high, is simple, slender, and un- branched ; the distal half of the stem is thecate and corresponds to a com- plete hydrocladium in other species. Just proximal to the first thecate 270 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 internode, there are 3 slightly oblique nodes, the distal one of which forms the proximal boundary to the first thecate internode. The 2 internodes bounded by these nodes are quite short, and each is provided with a nematophore. There are no nodes in the remainder of the proximal half of the stem. There are 8 internodes in the distal portion, separated by nodes that are not strongly marked; there are 3 partial septa to each in- ternode, 1 at the base of the supracalycine nematophore, 1 at the base of the hydrotheca, and 1 a little nearer to the base of the hydrotheca than to the base of the nematophore. The hydrotheca is long and slender, with its length more than twice the greatest breadth, the diameter increasing from base to margin; there is a prominent, sharp tooth medially placed on the face of the margin, and the remainder of the margin is irregularly waved or slightly toothed. The supracalycine nematophore is not large, scarcely reaching the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nematophore is not adherent to the face of the hydrotheca, but is attached to the internode a short distance below the base of the hydrotheca. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution —Station 1307-41, 2.8 miles WNW of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 64-88 fathoms. Remarks.—If a mature colony of this species retains the type of growth shown in this immature colony, a new genus should be established for the species, bearing a relation to Cladocarpus much similar to that of Antennella to Plumularia, but until a mature colony is obtained to settle the matter, the species is placed provisionally with Cladocarpus. The hydrotheca is somewhat like that of C. vancouverensis Fraser, but it is more slender; the internode bearing it is much less extensively septate, and the mesial nematophore is quite separate from the base of the hydrotheca. Cladocarpus moderatus, new species Plate 36, Fig. 40 Trophosome.—Colony, 4 cm, is smaller than that in the most of the American species of the genus; the stem is unbranched, but is slightly fascicled in the proximal portion. The hydrocladia appear in regular al- ternation but not quite in the same plane; they are somewhat flexuous, the bend taking place in the vicinity of the nodes. There is a slight curve backward at the distal end of the hydrotheca, followed by a bend forward that extends past the node, which is oblique; the beginning of the next No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 271 bend is at the base of the hydrotheca. The hydrotheca is of medium length and width for the genus, slightly ventricose, and expanding towards the margin. There is an internodal septum at the base of the supracalycine nematophore and at the base of the hydrotheca, and there are 3 others between; they show well in the internode and are indicated in the hydro- theca. On the margin of the hydrotheca, there is a small, sharp, median tooth, but the remainder of the margin is even or nearly so. The supra- calycine nematophores are short and curved, reaching but little above the margin of the hydrotheca; each has 2 openings; the 1 mesial nematophore is not attached to the base of the hydrotheca, but is attached to a thick- ened part of the internode just a short distance below the base of the hydrotheca; it is short, not extending outward farther than the base of the hydrotheca. On the stem, there is a tubular nematophore opposite to, or slightly above, the hydrocladial process, and 3 or 4 in a series between 2 of these in succession. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution Station 810-38, off Barrington Island, Galapagos, 48- 73 fathoms; Avalon Bay, Santa Catalina Island, 98-116 fathoms. Remarks.—This species bears much resemblance to C. distomus Clarke, obtained south of Jicarita Island, Panama, 556 fathoms, but the hydrothecae are not so long and slender; there is no nematophore near the distal end of the hydrocladial internode, and the internodal septa are well marked. It may have been derived from C. distomus but if an in- crease in the number and distinctness of the internodal septa is a stable condition in Eastern Pacific species of Cladocarpus, it may be that C. moderatus is an older species. Cladocarpus pinguis, new species Plates 36, 37, Fig. 41 Trophosome.—Colony consists of a simple stem, usually unbranched, 15 cm, which is divided into regular internodes by fairly well marked nodes; each internode in the distal portion gives rise to a hydrocladium. In the specimen described, all of the hydrocladia with the exception of those on the last 2 cm of the stem were broken off; the longest of those remaining is 8 mm. The alternate hydrocladia are fronto-laterally placed, so that the bases come out at an angle of about 120°. The hydrocladial internodes are relatively short; there are 4 internodal septa strongly marked, 1 at the base of the supracalycine nematophore, | near the base of the hydrotheca, and 2 between. The squat hydrotheca is nearly as 272 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 broad as it is long, slightly ventricose, with the margin broader than the remainder of the hydrotheca. There is a sharp, median tooth on the mar- gin, and the remainder is irregular with not very definite teeth, except for 1 sharp one about the middle of each side. The supracalycine nemato- phores are large, extending but slightly past the margin of the hydro- theca; the median nematophore is tubular, straight, not turning up with the face of the hydrotheca, but not projecting far beyond it; it makes an angle of about 40° with the internode; the distal end is squarely cut; near the base, there is a septum extending in from the lower surface. On the stem, there are 3 tubular nematophores on each internode, 1 on each side of the hydrocladial process, and 1 below this process. Gonosome.—The gonangia appear in a single or double series for as much as 3 cm along the stem in the distal portion; they are oval or slightly obovate, 0.9 x 0.4 mm, much similar to those in C. vancouverensis Fraser, with the oval apertures latero-terminally placed. The phylactogonia too are similar to those of C. vancouverensis but they are not quite so much branched. Distribution Station 874-38, NE of Anacapa Island, 45 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-26 fathoms; 3 miles south of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 20-24 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, 19-20 fathoms; 1 mile WNW of Anacapa Island, 41-43 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 45 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif., 47-48 fathoms; east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 45-50 fathoms; 134 miles east of White Cove, 90-108 fathoms; 1 mile south of San Benito Islands, Lower Calif., 44-49 fathoms; 514 miles south of San Benito Islands, 69-81 fathoms. Remarks.—C. pinguis may readily be compared with C. vancouver- ensis although in general it is a larger species. The stem and the hydro- cladia are much similar although they are stouter; the internodal septa are similarly arranged. The hydrotheca is much stouter for its depth, and the face is not so straight. The margin has a similar, sharp, median tooth, but there is 1 sharp, lateral tooth, not so sharp as the median tooth, about half way along each side. There is little difference in the supracalycine nematophore, but the terminus of the mesial nematophore is truncate, not tapered. The differences in the gonosome are rather immaterial. As the ranges of these two overlap, there is no hesitation in suggesting that 4. pinguis has been derived directly from C. vancouverensis, which has a much wider known range. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 273 Cladocarpus vancouverensis Fraser Cladocarpus vancouverensis FRASER, Hyd. V. 1. Region, 1914, p. 204. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 182. Distribution —2¥4 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23- 28 fathoms; 6 miles east of South Point, 28-30 fathoms; south of Santa Cruz Island, 37-58, 37-40, and 39-43 fathoms; east of Gull Island, 110- 140 fathoms; 1 mile WNW of Anacapa Island, 41-43 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Anacapa Island Light, 47-52 fathoms; 5 miles NE of Anacapa Island Light, 125-135 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, 47-48 fathoms; north of Santa Catalina Island, 50-100 fathoms; off Eagle Bank, 40-43 fathoms; 314 miles WNW of Long Point, 182-225 fath- oms; off White Cove, 40-80 fathoms; off County Quarry, 56 fathoms ; 4 miles SE of Church Rock, 109-116 fathoms; 5 miles south of Church Rock, 117-118 fathoms; off Ship Rock, 7-16 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, 45-49 fathoms; off Wilsons Cove, San Clemente Island, 50-150 fathoms; off Pyramid Cove, 10 and 55-69 fathoms ; 20 miles south of San Nicolas Island, 65-75 fathoms; 4 miles NE of buoy, Cortes Bank, 59-60 fathoms; 414 miles WNW of buoy, 60-61 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 60-75 fathoms; Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 76-77 and 76-83 fathoms; off San Benito Islands, 66-81 fathoms; be- tween the south ends of East and West San Benito Islands, 35 fathoms; 5%4 miles south of San Benito Islands, 66-81 fathoms. Genus DIPLOCHEILUS Diplocheilus allmani Torrey Halicornaria producta Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 75. Diplocheilus allmani Torrey, Hyd. San Diego, 1904, p. 36. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 183. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 60. Distribution —7¥ miles south of Point Loma, Calif., 30-33 fathoms. Genus LYTOCARPUS Lytocarpus philippinus (Kirchenpauer) Aglaophenia Philippina KiRCHENPAUER, Ueber die Hyd. Fam. Plumu- laridae, I, 1872, p. 45. Lytocarpus philippinus Nuttinc, Amer. Hyd., I, 1900, p. 122. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 61. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 111. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. 274 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Distribution —FEast of Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 6-10 fathoms; San Lorenzo Channel, Gulf of California, 3-5 and 6-15 fath- oms; outside of Guaymas Bay, 6-10 fathoms; off Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, 13 fathoms; off La Plata Island, Ecuador, 10 fathoms; Sulivan Bay, James Island, Galapagos, 8 fathoms. Genus MONOSTAECHAS Monostaechas quadridens (McCrady) Plumularia quadridens McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 199. Monostaechas quadridens NutTTING, Amer. Hyd., I, 1900, p. 75. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 61. FRASER: 2bid:, 2, 1938, p. 110: Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 334. Distribution—East of Santa Barbara Island, 36-48 fathoms; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; off Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, 17-46 fath- oms; San Lorenzo Channel, Gulf of California, 3-5 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 11-22 fathoms; north of Isla Par- tida, 10 fathoms; Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, 13 fathoms; off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; off Cape San Francisco, Ecuador, 15 fathoms. Genus PLUMULARIA Plumularia acutifrons Fraser Plumularia acutifrons FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 61. Distribution—San Quentin Bay, Lower Calif., 10-15 fathoms. Plumularia adjecta, new species Plate 37, Fig. 42 Trephosome.—Colonies grow in small clusters; the stem is stout, and is longer than usual in this genus; the first specimens examined reached a height of 9 cm, but later others were obtained up to 25 cm; it is divided into internodes that are not of uniform length, by nodes which are not very distinctly marked, although they may be observed quite readily. Each internode gives off a hydrocladial process near its distal end, and these hydrocladia are arranged alternately. In the proximal two-thirds or more, the hydrocladia are relatively short, but in the distal portion, they become more elongate, up to 16 mm, and many of these are again No. 5 FRASER! HYDROIDS 275 branched irregularly, commonly a greater number on the upper side, al- though there is but 1 branch to each internode; this secondary branch is short, commonly with a single thecate internode, but sometimes with 2 internodes; each corresponds to the proximal portion of the unbranched hydrocladium. The normal hydrocladium is divided into regular inter- nodes, each node being flanked on each side by a septum. The first inter- node is short and athecate; all the others are longer and are thecate; the first one is shorter than any of the others; in all cases, the hydrotheca is in the distal third of the internode. In these internodes, there is a well marked septum at the base of the hydrotheca. The supracalycine nemato- phores are of the usual type; in the first thecate internode, there is 1 mesial nematophore, in all of the others, 2 of these. On the stem there is a nematophore in the axil of the process and 1 on the main part of the internode, on the side opposite to the process, not far from the proximal node. Gonosome.—The gonangia are much like those in several species of this genus, elliptical, but tapering rather abruptly to each end; they grow out from the angle of the hydrocladial processes, and they may be nu- merous, appearing throughout almost the whole length of the stem; there may even be a pair of them in the 1 axil. Distribution—Station 1261-41, 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, 30-31 fathoms; Puerto Escondido, Gulf of California, 18-21 fathoms; east of San Marcos Island, 18 fathoms. Remarks.—The secondary branching in this species resembles some- what that of P. corrugata Nutting, but it is more extensive; the hydro- cladium itself, however, is quite different in the division into internodes, and in the position of the nematophores; in these respects, it is quite un- like any other Eastern Pacific species, or in the Western Atlantic, so far described. Plumularia alicia Torrey Plumularia alicia Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 75. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 186. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 62. Distribution —Off Redondo Beach; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fath- oms; 2 miles off Belmont Pier, 7-10 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 5 fathoms; in channel, Newport Harbor, 4-10 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; off Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, 13 fathoms. 276 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Plumularia altitheca Nutting Plumularia altitheca NutTTING, Amer. Hyd., I, 1900, p. 58. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 338. Distribution —Off Octavia Rocks, Colombia, 45 fathoms. Plumularia attenuata Allman Plumularia attenuata ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 30. FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 111. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 338. Distribution —3 miles NW of Anacapa Island Light, 47-52 fathoms; off San Pedro Nolasco Island, Gulf of California, 95-111 fathoms. Plumularia biarmata Fraser Plumularia biarmata FRAsER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 63. Distribution —Chacahua Bay, Mexico, 45-50 fathoms. Plumularia corrugata Nutting Plumularia corrugata NUTTING, Amer. Hyd., I, 1900, p. 64. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 186. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 63. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 111. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 136. Distribution.—1 mile south of Point Bennett, San Miguel Island, 45-46 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-26 fathoms; Bechers Bay, 14-90 fathoms; north of Santa Barbara Island, 37-40 fathoms; south of San Pedro breakwater, 24 fathoms; off Ship Rock, Santa Catalina Island, 7-16 fathoms; off Bend Rock, 31-40 fath- oms; south of San Nicolas Island, 20-34 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; Puerto Escondido, Gulf of California, 8-15 fathoms; off Octavia Rocks, Colombia, 45 fathoms; off Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, Galapagos, in shallow water. Plumularia defecta Fraser Plumularia defecta FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 63. Distribution —7¥% miles south of Point Loma, Calif., 30-33 fathoms ; off Isabel Island, Mexico, 10-15 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER! HYDROIDS 277 Plumularia diaphana (Heller) Anisocalyx diaphanus HELuER, Adriatic Hyd., 1868, p. 42. Plumularia alternata NUTTING, Amer. Hyd., I, 1900, p. 62. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 62. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Plumularia diaphana Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 342. Distribution—Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, 12 fathoms; off Isabel Island, Mexico, 10-15 fathoms; off Secas Islands, Panama, 12 fathoms. Plumularia exilis, new species Plate 38, Fig. 43 Trophosome.—Colonies are loosely clustered, growing to a height of 3.5-4.0 cm; the stem is unbranched, slightly sinuous, very slender, di- vided into long internodes by well marked nodes. The hydrocladia are regularly alternate; as the internode is long, the hydrocladia are distant from one another; supported by a cauline process, almost at the distal end of the internode; the angle with the stem is 45-50°. The hydrocladium is very slender, much similar in diameter to that of P. tenuissima Fraser. The nodes are strongly marked, usually flanked by an evident, internodal septum on each side. The first internode is short, athecate, the second is long, with the hydrotheca about two-thirds of the way up; the third internode is athecate, long, but not so long as the thecate internode; after the third, thecate and athecate internodes, like the second and third, al- ternate. The hydrotheca is correspondingly small. There is no nemato- phore on the short, proximal internode; on the second, there are 2 mesial nematophores proximal to the hydrotheca, and the 2 supracalycine nemat- ophores; on the athecate internode, there are 2 mesial nematophores; on the stem, there is a nematophore in the axil of the process, as well as 3 or 4 nematophores on each internode on the side opposite the process. Gonosome.—The gonangia are numerous, arising from the main stem near the axil of the hydrocladial process, or from any part of the hydro- cladial process, or from any part of the hydrocladium; they are long, up to 1.25 mm, and very slender; they may taper to a small opening at the distal end, or they may be truncate. Distribution.—Station 618-37, San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, Lower Calif., 75 fathoms; 614 miles north of Anacapa Island, 125-135 fathoms; east of Anacapa Island, 50 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 45 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif., 47-48 fathoms ; east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 45-50 fathoms; 2.8 miles WNW of 278 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Long Point, 64-88 fathoms; 4 mile west of Long Point, 21-40 fathoms; 1 mile east of White Cove, 21 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Church Rock, 117-118 fathoms; 2% miles SE of Church Rock, 60-80 fathoms; south of Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, 55-69 fathoms; Pyramid Cove, 55-69 fathoms; 4 miles north of Todos Santos Island, Lower Calif., 41 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 55-60 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 60-65 fathoms; 814 miles south of San Benito Islands, 71-72 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 120 fathoms; off Los Frailes, Gulf of California, 5-15 fathoms. Plumularia floridana Nutting Plumularia floridana NuttTING, Amer. Hyd., I, 1900, p. 59. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 64. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 345. Distribution —Portuguese Bend, 2 miles east of Point Vicente, Calif., shore. Plumularia goodei Nutting Plumularia goodei NuTTING, Amer. Hyd., I, 1900, p. 64. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 187. Distribution—1 mile south of East Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-16 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 434 miles east of South Coronado Island, Mexico, 14 fathoms. : Plumularia inermis Nutting Plumularia inermis NutTTING, Amer. Hyd., I, 1900, p. 62. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 64. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 347. Distribution—Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 76-77 fathoms. Plumularia insolens, new species Plate 38, Fig. 44 Trophosome.—Colonies in general are small, although some have been examined from off Anacapa Island up to 6 cm. The stem is simple and slender, divided into relatively long internodes by well marked nodes, that may have lightly marked, flanking septa. From the distal end of each internode a hydrocladium is given off; the hydrocladia, therefore, appear in regular alternation all in the same plane. The proximal, hydro- No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 279 cladial internode is short, athecate; the second is much longer and is thecate; the third, athecate, is not as long as the second; after this, thecate internodes, like the second, and athecate internodes, like the third, follow in regular alternation. The nodes are flanked on each side with well marked septa. In the thecate internode, there is a characteristic, promi- nent septum at the base of the hydrotheca. The hydrotheca is nearer the distal end of the internode, but still some distance from the distal node. The supracalycine nematophores are unique in their location, as they are placed so far to the side of the internode, placed on a small shelf or pro- tuberance; they are relatively large. There is a mesial nematophore on each internode but the first, placed near the proximal end. On the hydro- cladial process, the nematopnore is placed on the face rather than in the axil, but there is a pseudonematophore directly on the process. There is 1 lateral nematophore on each cauline internode, nearer the proximal node, on the side opposite the hydrocladial process. Gonosome.—(From an Anacapa specimen.) The gonangium, arising from the hydrocladial process, is much similar to that in several other species of the genus, e.g., P. setacea (Ellis), that is, elongated, elliptical, tapering to each end, but especially to the distal end; there is a small terminal opening. Distribution —Station 1253-41, 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 60-65 fathoms; 1%4 mile WNW of Anacapa Island, 41-43 fathoms. Remarks.—This species bears some resemblance to P. septata Fraser, but it has none of the extra septa of this species, except the prominent one at the base of the hydrotheca; in this species, the supracalycine nemat- ophores are placed in the usual position, not placed so far laterally as in P. insolens. P. septata has been obtained only off the Peruvian coast, a long way from the location of P. insolens. Plumularia integra, new species Plate 39, Fig. 45 Trophosome.—The colony is quite long, 7 cm, and slender, as the hydrocladia are short, not more than 5 mm. The stem is simple, slender, unbranched, without nodes, or with nodes so faint that they can scarcely be recognized ; the portion of it that represents an internode is long so that the hydrocladia on the same side (they are regularly, alternately ar- ranged) are relatively distant. The hydrocladial process is long; the first internode is short and athecate; this is followed by a thecate internode of 280 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 medium length; the third internode is athecate, longer than the first but not so long as the second ; thereafter, the thecate and athecate internodes follow in regular alternation. The internodes are all strongly septate, with a septum flanking each node on each side. There is but 1 septum in the first internode, and in the thecate internodes, there is a well marked septum at the base of the hydrotheca. The supracalycine nematophores are short; there is 1 mesial nematophore on each internode with the excep- tion of the first. There is a nematophore in the axil of the hydrocladial process, and 1 near the distal end of that process; there are 2 cauline nematophores for each portion that corresponds to an internode, on the side opposite the hydrocladial process. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1419-41, 1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 45-47 fathoms. Plumularia irregularis, new species Plate 39, Fig. 46 Trophosome.—The colony, up to 20 mm, grows separately, not in clusters. The stem is simple, nodes irregularly placed, usually with more than 1 hydrocladium to an internode. The hydrocladia are all in the same plane, but irregularly placed, all the way from strictly alternate to strictly opposite. The hydrocladial process is not long but it has a nematophore in the axil and 1 farther out. The first hydrocladial internode is thecate; the second is athecate, and in most of the hydrocladia, thecate and athecate internodes alternate throughout; not uncommonly there may be 2 athecate internodes of nearly the same length between 2 consecutive, thecate internodes. There are a proximal, mesial nematophore, and 2 supra- calycine nematophores on each thecate internode, and 1 mesial, on each athecate internode. On the stem, there may be 2 nematophores between 2 adjacent hydrocladia on the one side, or there may be but one. The septa in the hydrocladia are quite well marked. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution Station 1123-40, off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fath- oms. Remarks.—The species bears a general resemblance to P. setacea (Ellis), but the hydrocladia are longer, and there are the several irregu- larities mentioned. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 281 Plumularia lagenifera Allman Plumularia lagenifera ALLMAN, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, 1885, p. 157. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 188. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 65. FrAsER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 111. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 136. Distribution —NE of Middle Farallone Island, Calif., 37 fathoms ; Pacific Grove; 1 mile NE of San Miguel Island, 35-39 fathoms ; south of San Miguel Island, 5-15 fathoms; Tyler Bight, shore; 1 mile south of Cardwell Point, 15-24 fathoms; Bechers Bay, Santa Rosa Island, 10 fathoms; 114 miles east of South Point, 15-20 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, 23-28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fath- oms; 3 miles east of South Point, 15-21 and 23-26 fathoms; Santa Cruz Channel, 32-34 fathoms; 3 miles SW of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 and 20-24 fathoms; %4 mile south of Gull Island, 34-41 fathoms ; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, 19-20 fathoms; 1 mile north of San Pedro Point, 26-40 fathoms; 3 miles SE of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms ; 34 mile SE of Cat Rock, 23-25 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 50 fathoms; 5 miles NE of Anacapa Island, 125-135 fathoms; 3% miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, 47-48 fathoms; off Redondo Beach; off El Segundo, 28-31 fath- oms; 2% miles south of San Pedro breakwater, 15 fathoms; 5 miles— 152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 6 miles SE of San Pedro breakwater, 20-21 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 4-20 fathoms ; 31%4 miles—238° off Huntington Beach, 74-77 fathoms; in channel, Newport Harbor, 4-10 fathoms; 1 mile east of Empire Landing, Santa Catalina Island, 15-20 fathoms ; Isthmus Cove, 80-100 fathoms ; 2.8 miles WNW of Long Point, 64-88 fathoms; 514 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 145-150 fathoms; off Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, 35-46 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; Dutch Harbor, 15-22 fathoms; 134 miles north of Cedros Island, 20-25 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 63-65 fathoms; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fath- oms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms ; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; off Gorda Point, Gulf of California, 25 fathoms; east of San Marcos Island, 15 fathoms; off San Jose Point, Guatemala, 12-13 fathoms; south of Viejas Island, Peru, shore. 282 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Plumularia margaretta (Nutting) Monotheca margaretta NuTTING, Amer. Hyd., I, 1900, p. 72. Plumularia margaretta FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 66. FrRAsER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 136. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 348. Distribution.—3 miles off Seal Beach, Calif., 11 fathoms. Plumularia megalocephala Allman Plumularia megalocephala ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 31. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 190. Distribution.—3 miles north of Anacapa Island, 47-52 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 104 fathoms. Plumularia meganema, new species Plate 39, Fig. 47 Trophosome.—Colonies, up to 6 cm, grow from a stolon that forms an irregular reticulum in a mass of sponge; they may grow quite closely together but can scarcely be said to be clustered. The stem is of medium thickness, but short, relatively, to the hydrocladia, divided into regular internodes by quite well marked nodes. The slender hydrocladia are given off alternately in the same plane, 1 to each internode near its distal end. The first internode in each is short, athecate; the second is relatively long, thecate, with the small hydrotheca slightly nearer the distal end ; the third internode is not quite so long as the second ; then the thecate and athecate internodes appear in regular alternation; the whole hydrocladium being as much as 6mm long. The internodal septa, 1 near each end of each in- ternode, are well marked. The nematophores, and particularly the supra- calycine, are characterized by their large size, or more particularly, their great length; the supracalycine nematophore is as much as 0.25 mm long. There is no nematophore on the short, proximal internode, but there is 1 mesial on each of the others. Of the cauline nematophores, there is a pair in or at the axil of each process and 1 lateral on each internode, on the side opposite the process. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 650-37, east of San Francisco Island, Gulf of California, 47 fathoms; northeast of Anacapa Island, 45 fathoms; 3% miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; Rosario Bay, Lower Calif., 15 fathoms; east of San Marcos Island, Gulf of California, 18 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 50-75 fathoms; off Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, 13 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 283 Plumularia micronema Fraser Plumularia micronema Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 142. Distribution—Off San Pedro; ‘Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Ga- lapagos, 10-18 fathoms. Plumularia mobilis, new species Plate 40, Fig. 48 Trophosome.—The colony is small, 18 mm, growing from a linear stolon. The branched stem is divided into regular internodes by well marked nodes; the same is true of the branch, which is very much similar to the stem in every way. The hydrocladial process is given off the distal end of the internode, adjacent to the distal node. It is difficult to describe the division of the hydrocladium into internodes as there seems to be no fixed plan of division. The internode next to the process is always athecate, but it varies much in length; in some of the hydrocladia, the second inter- node is thecate, but in others, a second, athecate internode appears before the first thecate internode. Following the first thecate internode, there may be 1 long, athecate internode, followed by a thecate internode, but just as often there are 2 athecate internodes present here; these vary much in length in different hydrocladia. The remainder of the hydrocla- dium has the same type of variation as that just described. In all of the internodes, there are flanking septa for each of the nodes, quite well marked. There is greater consistency in the nematophores; each thecate internode bears a pair of supracalycine nematophores and a mesial nemato- phore proximal to the hydrotheca; the first short, athecate internode has no nematophore, but each of the others has one. On the stem and branches there is a small nematophore in the axil of the hydrocladial process and 2 lateral nematophores on the side opposite the process. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1240-41, 9 miles off San Diego, Calif., 78-81 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, 47-48 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, Santa Catalina Island, 45-49 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 fathoms. Plumularia multiramosa, new species Plate 40, Fig. 49 Trophosome.—Colonies, 9 cm, are segregated ; the stem is simple but stout, giving rise to numerous long branches, alternately arranged, in the same plane, thus the colony is strongly flabellate; the primary branches 284 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 may give off short, secondary branches. The stem is divided into regular internodes, with the diameter at the base of each internode less than that at the distal end; the nodes are strongly marked but are not flanked with septa. From each internode, near the distal end, a hydrocladium is given off, the angle between the process and the stem being acute. The hydrocla- dial process is longer than usual in Plumularia. ‘The hydrocladium is short ; the first internode is short and is athecate; the second one is much longer and is thecate; after this athecate and thecate internodes appear in regular alternation. The hydrotheca appears in the distal one-third of the internode. The internodal septa are very noticeable; each node is flanked on each side by a septum, except that in the first, athecate internode, as it is so short there is but 1 septum. Besides these, on the thecate internode, there is a septum about midway between the hydrotheca and the proximal node, and 1 at the base of the hydrotheca. Besides the regular supracaly- cine nematophores, there are 2 mesial nematophores on the first thecate internode, and 1 on each of the following internodes; there is none on the first, athecate internode. There is a nematophore at the axil of the hydrocladial process and 1 on each cauline internode on the side opposite the hydrocladial process, approximately one-third of the distance from the proximal node. Distribution—Station 1472-42, north of Winchester Bay, Ore., 26- 58 fathoms. Remarks.—The species is much similar to P. flabellum, reported by Allman from Marion Island, south of South Africa, 50-75 fathoms (AIl- man, G. J., “Report on the Hydroida,”’ Challenger Reports, XX, 1883, p. 19), but there are several noticeable differences. P. flabellum is strong- ly fascicled, the cauline internodes are uniform in diameter throughout, there may be 2 hydrocladia from 1 internode; there is a nematophore near the distal end of the hydrocladial process and a mesial on the first thecate internode (i.e., if one may judge from Allman’s figures) ; the remainder of the hydrocladium agrees perfectly with that of P. multiramosa. No other so strongly branched species of Plumularia has been re- ported from the Eastern Pacific. P. corrugata may be slightly branched, and in many respects it resembles this species, but it is a much more slender, and generally more delicate species than this. P. adjecta may be branched also but the same statement applies. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 285 Plumularia mutabilis, new species Plate 41, Fig. 50 Trophosome.—Large colonies, up to 20 cm, grow in clusters ; the stem is stout, without distinct nodes, not very much darker in color than the light horn color hydrocladia. The arrangement of the hydrocladia varies in different parts of the colony. Most commonly, they are regularly alter- nate in the proximal portion, but strictly opposite in the distal portion. The slender hydrocladia are much like the proximal hydrocladia of P. adjecta, but the distal ones are not branched as they may be in that species. The nodes here are well marked, flanked on each side by internodal septa. The first internode is short, athecate; all the other internodes are longer, and are thecate, but the first is not so long as the others. The hydrotheca is placed much nearer the distal node. All the nematophores are small, the pair of supracalycine nematophores reaching but little beyond the margin of the hydrotheca. All the mesial nematophores are proximal to the hydro- theca, 1 on the first thecate internode and 2 on each of the others; there is none on the proximal, athecate internode. There is a nematophore at the base of the hydrocladial process; when the hydrocladia are opposite, there is a pair of opposite nematophores a short distance above the process; when the hydrocladia are alternate, there is a nematophore nearly oppo- site the process, but slightly below it. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution Station 1101-40, Agua Verde Bay, Gulf of California, 10 fathoms. Plumularia parva, new species Plate 41, Fig. 51 Trophosome.—Colony, very small and slender, 8 mm, grows singly from a non-reticular stolon. The stem is slightly sinuous, unbranched, di- vided into internodes of nearly the same length throughout, the nodes distinctly marked. The hydrocladia are given off alternately, all in the same plane, from short processes near the distal end of the internodes. There is no short proximal internode; the first one is thecate, the second, athecate, and farther the thecate and athecate internodes alternate. The athecate internodes are relatively long, sometimes almost as long as the thecate; on the thecate internode, the hydrotheca is situated about two- thirds of the way from the proximal node. The internodal septa are well marked, 1 near each end of the internode. There is 1 mesial nematophore to each internode, and a pair of supracalycine nematophores to each hydro- 286 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 theca. When the small size of the hydrotheca is taken into consideration, these may be said to be of medium size. On each cauline internode, there is a nematophore in the axil of the process, and 1 laterally placed on the side opposite to the process, nearer the proximal node than the distal. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 792-38, off Daphne Minor Island, Galapagos, 70-80 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, Santa Catalina Island, 45-49 fathoms. Plumularia plumularoides (Clark) Halecium plumularoides CLARK, Alaskan Hyd., 1876, p. 217. Plumularia plumularoides FrAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 190. Distribution.—East of Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 6-10 fathoms. Plumularia propinqua Fraser Plumularia propinqua FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 66. FrRAsER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 136. Distribution.—Outside Guaymas Bay, Sonora, Mexico, 6-10 fathoms. Plumularia reversa, new species Plate 42, Fig. 52 Trophosome.—The colony is long and slender; the stem, 7.5 cm, is stout, without any indication of nodes. The slender hydrocladia are ar- ranged alternately with an approach to regularity, all in the same plane. The cauline process that supports the hydrocladium is longer than usual. All of the hydrocladial internodes are thecate, long and slender, with the hydrotheca one-third of the distance or less from the proximal node. There are no internodal septa. Besides the supracalycine nematophores there is a mesial, proximal to the hydrotheca, and 1 near the distal end. On the hydrocladial process there is a pseudonematophore; with a nor- mal nematophore just distal to it, and 1 at the axil of the process. On the stem there is a nematophore opposite, or nearly so, to the hydrocladial process. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1253-41, 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, Santa Catalina Island, 45-49 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 20-25 fathoms; south of San Esteban Island, Gulf of California, 35 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 287 Plumularia septata Fraser Plumularia septata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 143. Distribution —Offt Lobos de Afuera Island, Peru, 25-30 fathoms; Independencia Bay, 9-10 fathoms; east of Viejas Island, Independencia Bay, 5 fathoms. Plumularia setacea (Ellis) Corallina setacea Evuis, Nat. Hist. Corallines, 1755, p. 19. Plumularia setacea FrAsEr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 191. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 66. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 111. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 136. Distribution.—2% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17- 18 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 17-20 and 23-26 fathoms; 4%4 miles NE of Sandy Point, 35-36 fathoms; Willow Anchorage, Santa Cruz Island, shore; Anacapa Passage, 15-50 fathoms; east of Santa Bar- bara Island, 25-27 fathoms; 4 miles east of Santa Barbara Island, 40 fath- oms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 4 miles east of Church Rock, Santa Catalina Island, 106-110 fathoms; 214 miles SE of Church Rock, 60-80 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, 45-49 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 29-31 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-38 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, 24-25 fathoms ; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fath- oms. Plumularia sinuosa Fraser Plate 42, Fig. 53 Plumularia sinuosa Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 67. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 136. Gonosome.—( Described for the first time from a specimen obtained at Station 607-36, San Lorenzo Channel, Gulf of California, 24 fath- oms.) Gonangia small, globular, 0.125 mm in diameter, developed in the axil of the hydrocladial processes, with pedicels the same length as the diameter of the gonangium. Distribution—Laguna Beach, Calif., low tide; San Lorenzo Chan- nel, Gulf of California, 24 fathoms; Panama City, shore. 288 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Plumularia venusta, new species Plate 42, Fig. 54 Trophosome.—Colony, 24 mm, is slender, graceful; the stem is di- vided into regular, long internodes, by faint, transverse nodes; each inter- node gives off a hydrocladium just below the distal node, hence the hydro- cladia are regularly alternate. The hydrocladia are long, up to 5 mm, and slender; the nodes are well marked, and each is flanked on each side by a partial, but well marked, septum. The first internode is short, athecate; all the others are long, thecate; the first thecate is not as long as the others. The hydrotheca is about one-fourth of the length of the internode from its distal end. The athecate internode has no nematophore; the first thecate has 2 mesial nematophores, and each of the others has 3. The sup- racalycine nematophores are of the usual type. There is a nematophore at the axil of the hydrocladial process, and 2 cauline nematophores on the side opposite to the hydrocladial process, on each internode. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 579-36, east of San Marcos Island, Gulf of California, 18 fathoms. Remarks.—This species is little like any species so far reported from the Eastern Pacific, but it closely resembles P. polynema Fraser, described from near Marthas Vineyard, off the New England coast, although it is not possible, with the information available, to see how any distributional connection can exist between the 2 species. P. venusta has not the same mode of growth and arrangement of branches as P. polynema. In the stem, the nodes are not so strongly marked ; in the hydrocladium, there is the small, proximal, athecate inter- node, and the septa are well marked. The nematophores on the hydro- cladium are similarly placed, but there are only 2 cauline nematophores instead of 3 on each internode. The gonosome has not been observed in either species. Genus SCHIZOTRICHA Schizotricha tenella (Verrill) Plumularia tenella VERRILL, Invert. An. Vineyard Sound, 1874, p. 731. Schizotricha tenella FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 67. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 358. Distribution —Off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms. NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 289 Genus STREPTOCAULUS Streptocaulus pulcherrimus Allman Streptocaulus pulcherrimus ALLMAN, Challenger Hyd., I, 1883, p. 48. Nuttine, Amer. Hyd., I, 1900, p. 129. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 67. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 136. Distribution Off Barrington Passage, Galapagos, 78 fathoms. 290 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ADDENDUM A list of references in the hydroid papers of the Allan Hancock Pacific Ex- peditions that were not listed in Volume 4, Number 1, pp. 69-74. ALDER, J. 1860. Description of a zoophyte and two species of Echinodermata new to Britain. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (3), V, pp. 73-75. 1863. Supplement to a Catalogue of the zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham. Transactions Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, V, pp. 225- 247. ALLMAN, G. J. 1863. Notes on the Hydroida. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (3), II, pp. 1-12. 1888. Report on the Hydroida dredged by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-1876. Part II. Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, XXIII, Part LXX: I-LXIX, pp. 1-87. Ayres, W. O. 1854. Description of new species of Polyp: Globiceps tiarella. Proceedings Boston Society Natural History, IV, pp. 193-195. Bae, W. M. 1888. On some new and rare Hydroida in the Australian Museum Collection. Proceedings Linnean Society, New South Wales, II, III, pp. 745-799. FEWKEs, J. W. 1889. New Invertebrata from the coast of California. Pp. 1-50. FLEMING, J. 1828. A history of British Animals. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin, Phil. Mag. and Journ., No. II, New Series, 1828, p. 83. Fraser, C. M. 1936. Hydroids from the Queen Charlotte Islands. Journal Biology Board Canada, I, part 6, pp. 503-507. 1938. Hydroids of the 1934 Allan Hancock Pacific Expedition. Allan Han- cock Pacific Expeditions, IV, No. 1, pp. 1-105. 1938. Hydroids of the 1936 and 1937 Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions. Ibid., No. 2, pp. 107-127. 1938. Hydroids of the 1932, 1933, 1935, and 1938 Allan Hancock Pacific Ex- peditions. Ibid., No. 3, pp. 129-153. 1939. Distribution of the hydroids in the collection of the Allan Hancock Ex- peditions. Ibid., No. 4, pp. 153-178. 1940. Seven new species and one new genus of hydroids, mostly from the Atlantic Ocean. Proceedings U.S. National Museum, 88, No. 3090, pp. 575-580. 1940. Some hydroids from the California Coast, collected in 1939. Transac- tions Royal Society Canada, (3), XXXIV, Sec. 5, pp. 39-44. 1941. New species of hydroids, mostly from the Atlantic Ocean, in the United States National Museum. Proceedings U.S. National Museum, 91, No. 3125, pp. 77-88. 1943. Distribution records of some hydroids in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, with descriptions of new genera and new species. Proceedings New England Zoological Club, XXII, pp. 75-98. 1944. Hydroids of the Atlantic Coast of North America. University of To- ronto Press, 640 pp. including 94 plates. 1945. Notes on some recently collected hydroids in the U.S. National Museum, with description of three new species. Journal Washington Academy Science, 55, No.'1, pp. 21-22. 1946. Distribution and relationship in American Hydroids. University of To- ronto Press. 464 pp. eT No. 5 FRASER! HYDROIDS 291 1946. Hydroids of the 1939 Allan Hancock Caribbean Sea Expedition. Allan Hancock Atlantic Expedition, Report No. 4, pp. 1-24. HELLER, C. 1868. Die Zoophyten und Echinodermen des Adriatischen Meeres. Verh. d. k. Zool.-Bot. Ges., Wien, 18: 1-88. Hydroidea, pp. 29-46. LAMOUROUX, J. V. F. 1824. La Description des Polypiers flexibles: in: Freycinct, L. Voyage autour du monde exécuté sur les Corvettes de S.M. l’Uraine et la Physicienne, pendant les Anneés 1817 4 1820, p. 603. LEVINSEN, G. M. R. 1893. Meduser, Ctenophorer, og Hydroider fra Groenlands Vestkyst, tilli- gemed Bemaerkninger on Hydroidernes. Systematik. Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren. pp. 143-220. MAcGILLivray, J. 1842. Catalogue of the marine zoophytes of the neighborhood of Aberdeen. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (1), IX, pp. 462-469. MERESCHKOWSKY, M. C. 1878. New Hydroida from Ochotsk, Kamtschatka, and other parts of the North Pacific Ocean. Ibid., (5), I, pp. 433-451. Morray, A. 1860. Description of new Sertularidae from the California Coast. Ibid., (3), V, pp. 250-252 and 504. NorMav, A. M. 1864. On undescribed British Hydroida, Actinozoa, and Polyzoa. Ibid., (3), XIII, pp. 82-84. NuTTING, C. C. 1898. On three new species of hydroids and one new to Britain. Ibid., (7), I, pp. 362-366. PALLAS, P. S. 1766. Elenchus Zoophytorum. Haag. Sars, M. 1857. Bidrag til Kundskaben om Middelhavets Littoral fauna. Nyt. Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne, Bd. X. 1863. Bemerkninger over fire norske Hydroider. Forhandl. Vetenskabs i Christiana for 1862, pp. 25-39. STECHOwW, E. 1921. Ueber Hydroiden der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition nebst Bemerkung- en ueber einige andere Formen. Zool. Anz., 56, pp. 1-20. VERSLUYS, J. 1899. Hydraires Calyptoblastes recuellis dans le Mer des Antilles, pendent Pune les croisiéres accomplies par la Comte R. de Dalmas sur son Yacht Chazalie. Mem. Soc. Zool. de France, XII, pp. 29-58. EXPLANATION OF IE bwAC IE Jets) Unless otherwise indicated all the drawings have a magnification of 20 diameters. 294 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLA TE.22 Fig. 1. Hydractinia prolifica, new species a. Natural size. b. and c. Nutritive zooids. d. A generative zooid. e. A group of spines. f. A single spine. Fig. 2. Ectopleura media, new species a. Natural size. b. Hydranth with gonophores. c. Portion of gonophore with developing medusa buds. d. A fully developed medusa bud. FRASER: HYDROIDS PL. 22 296 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 23 | | | | | Fig. 3. Campanularia altitheca, new species Natural size. Hydrothecae with pedicels. Fascicled stem with hydrothecae and gonangia. A strongly corrugated gonangium. pS ce) Fig. 4. Campanularia (?) diversa, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of colony showing hydrothecae. PL. 23 : HYDROIDS FRASER No. 5 298 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 24 Fig. 5. Clytia exilis, new species a. Natural size. b. A colony showing hydrothecae and gonangia. Fig. 6. Obelia biserialis, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of fascicled stem and branches. c. Portion of simple stem with hydrotheca and gonangium. Fig. 7. Campanulina (?) indivisa, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of stem with alternate hydrothecae. c. Portion of stem with hydrothecae all on the one side. PL. 24 : HYDROIDS FRASER NO. 300 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 25 Fig. 8. Egmundella polynema, new species a. Natural size. b. Colony with hydrothecae and nematophores. c. Colony with hydrothecae, nematophores, and gonangium. Fig. 9. Halecium exiguum, new species a. Natural size. b. andc. Portion of colony showing hydrophore arrangement. Fig. 10. Halecium flexum, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of unbranched stem. c. Portion of the same stem (x40). : d. Portion of branched stem. f ie Fig. 11. Halecium regulare Fraser Portion of stem showing gonangia. Fig. 12. Ophiodissa expansa, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of colony showing hydrophore arrangement and nematophores. c. Gonangium. FRASER: HYDROIDS PES 2) No. 5 302 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 26 Fig. 13. Lafoea regia, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of fascicled stem with hydrothecae. Fig. 14. Lictorella reflexa, new species . Natural size. Natural size with coppinia. Portion of stem with hydrothecae and nematophores. Portion of coppinia. ao 78 Fig. 15. Lictorella rigida, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of simple stem. c. Portion of fascicled stem. FRASER: HYDROIDS 304 Fig. 15. Fig. 16. Fig. 17. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 27 Lictorella rigida, new species d. Portion of coppinia. Abietinaria pacifica Stechow a. Natural size. b. Portion of stem showing origin of branch. c. Portion of stem showing hydrothecae and gonangia. Selaginopsis constans, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of stem showing arrangement of hydrothecae. c. Portion of branch. FRASER: HYDROIDS PL. 27 No. 5 306 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 28 Fig. 18. Sertularella multinoda, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of main stem with hydrothecae. c. Portion of stem with origin of branch. Fig. 19. Sertularella similis, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of stem showing arrangement of hydrothecae. c. Portion of stem and branch with gonangia. Fig. 20. Sertularella sinuosa, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of sinuous stem with hydrothecae. c. and d. Gonangia. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS PL. 28 308 Fig. 21. Bygi22: Bigs 23: ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PLATE 29 Sertularia stabilis, new species a. Natural size. b. Basal portion of stem. c. Portion of stem with origin of branches. Thuiaria insoctabilis, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of stem showing origin of branches. Aglaophenia dispar, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of hydrocladium with hydrothecae. c. Two hydrothecae (x40). VOL. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS PL. 29 No. 5 310 Fig. 23. Fig. 24. Fig. 25. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE .30 Aglaophenia dispar, new species. d. Corbula. Aglaophenia diversidentata, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of hydrocladium with hydrothecae. c. Two hydrothecae (x40). d. Corbula. Aglaophenia epizoica, new species Natural size. Portion of hydrocladium with hydrothecae. Two hydrothecae (x40). Corbula. aos 8 PL. 30 : HYDROIDS FRASER No. 5 S12 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 31 Fig. 26. Aglaophenia fluxa, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of hydrocladium with hydrothecae. c. Two hydrothecae (x40). d. Corbula. Fig. 27. Aglaophenia iniegriseptata, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of hydrocladium with hydrothecae. c. Two hydrothecae (x40). d. Corbula. | | PL. Sl HYDROIDS FRASER No. 5 4 \ LI \ ae \y > Bes » z Z, 3, es mento a . : A i Soe : Ss LG AN LL, aS LENE es SSS EX x SSS I” Sabie 314 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE. 32 Fig. 28. Aglaophenia late-septata, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of hydrocladium with hydrothecae. c. Two hydrothecae (x40). d. Corbula. Fig. 29. Aglaophenia triplex, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of hydrocladium with hydrothecae. c. Two hydrothecae (x40). d. Face view of hydrotheca (x40). Fig. 30. Aglaophenia venusta, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of hydrocladium with hydrothecae. c. Two hydrothecae (x40). d. Corbula. PL. 32 : HYDROIDS FRASER No. 5 316 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 33 Fig. 31. Antennularia constricta, new species a. Natural size. b. Portions of stem and hydrocladia. Fig. 32. Antennularia gracilis, new species a. Natural size. b. Portions of stem and hydrocladia. Fig. 33. Antennularia inconstans, new species a. Natural size. b. Portions of stem and hydrocladia with gonangia. PL 33 ia 4 hs HYDROIDS FRASER: No. 5 x. a 318 Fig. 34. Bice 35 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 34 Antennularia inverta, new species a. Natural size. b. Proximal portion of stem and hydrocladia. c. Distal portion of stem. Antennularia mutabilis, new species a. Natural size. b. Proximal portion of stem and hydrocladia. c. Distal portion of stem. FRASER: HYDROIDS PL. 34 No. 5 320 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 35 Fig. 36. Antennularia parva, new species Natural size. Portions of stem and hydrocladia. Portion of stem and hydrocladia (x40). Portion of hydrocladium (x40). ao op Fig. 37. Antennularia polynema, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of colony showing arrangement of hydrocladia. c. Portion of colony with gonangia. 322 Fig. 38. Fig. 39. Fig. 40. Fig. 41. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 36 Antennularia septata Fraser a.andb. A portion of each of two colonies to show the two different types of gonangia. Cladocarpus (?) gracilis, new species a. Natural size. b. The first hydrotheca and the portion of the stem or hydro- cladium proximal to it. c. A median portion of stem or hydrocladium. d. Two hydrothecae (x40). Cladocarpus moderatus, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of stem with the proximal portion of hydrocladium. Cladocarpus pinguis, new species a. Natural size. PL. 36 WC. : FRASER: HYDROIDS No. 5 324 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PEATE 37 Fig. 41. Cladocarpus pinguis, new species b. c d. Portion of hydrocladium with hydrothecae. Two hydrothecae (x40). Phylactogonium and gonangia. Fig. 42. Plumularia adjecta, new species a. b. Cc. d Natural size. Portion of stem with unbranched hydrocladia. Portion of branch with short hydrocladia. Gonangia. VOL. 4 ———————————————————————————eeeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEEE—E=—=>=EEEoeeEeEEEee FRASER: HYDROIDS PLAoe No. 5 NSS Xs ypu 326 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 38 Fig. 43. Plumularia exilis, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of colony to show arrangement of hydrocladia. c. Gonangia. Fig. 44. Plumularia insolens, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of stem with hydrocladia. c. Portion of stem with proximal portion of hydrocladium (x40). d. Gonangium. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS PL. 38 328 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 39 Fig. 45. Plumularia integra, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of stem with hydrocladia. Fig. 46. Plumularia irregularis, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of stem with hydrocladia. Fig. 47. Plumularia meganema, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of stem with hydrocladia. c. Portion of hydrocladium showing nematophores. FRASER: HYDROIDS 47 PL. 39 330 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 40 Fig. 48. Plumularia mobilis, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of colony showing stem, branch, and hydrothecae. Fig. 49. Plumularia multiramosa, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of stem with hydrocladia. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS PL. 40 49a 332 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 41 Fig. 50. Plumularia mutabilis, new species a. Natural size. b. Distal portion of the stem with hydrocladia. c. Proximal portion of the stem. Fig. 51. Plumularia parva, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of stem with hydrocladia. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS PL. 41 334 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 42 Fig. 52. Plumularia reversa, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of stem with hydrocladia. Fig. 53. Plumularia sinuosa Fraser Portion of stem and hydrocladium with gonangium (x40). Fig. 54. Plumularia venusta, new species a. Natural size. b. Portion of stem with hydrocladia. PL. 42 : HYDROIDS FRASER No. 5 INDEX Allan Hancock Foundation Publications of The University of Southern California, Volume 4. Titles of papers and plate illustrations are in bold face. Abietinaria, 6, 235 abietina, 112, 186, 236 amphora, 112, 134, 136, 160, 164, 186, 235 anguina, 110, 160, 164, 186, 236 expansa, 107, 110, 112, 122, 160, 186, 236 greenei, 186, 237 pacifica, 186, 237, 304 traski, 186, 237, 238 Acryptolaria, 228 conferta, 155, 186, 203, 228 pulchella, 134, 136, 155, 156, 159, 167, 169, 186 Aglaophenia, 56, 108, 170, 252 diegensis, 10, 56, 111, 160, 164, 167, 187, 252 dispar, 187, 252, 308, 310 diversidentata, 187, 253, 310 dubia, 135, 136, 160, 165, 167, 187 epizoica, 187, 254, 310 fluxa, 187, 256, 312 gracilis, 136 inconspicua, 10, 56, 160, 164, 167, 187, 256 integriseptata, 187, 257, 312 late-septata, 188, 258, 314 latirostris, 111, 160, 164, 188, 259 longicarpa, 111, 112, 122, 135, 160, 188,259, 262 lophocarpa, 111, 160, 164, 188, 259 octocarpa, 107, 111, 156, 161, 164, 188, 259 philippina, 61, 273 pinguis, 111, 113, 122, 161, 188, 259 pluma, 188, 260 praecisa, 10, 57, 100, 161, 188 prominens, 135, 142, 152, 161, 188, 260 propinqua, 111, 114, 122, 161, 188, 260 rigida, 10, 57, 135, 161, 165, 188 struthionides, 111, 135, 156, 161, 164, 188, 260 symmetrica, 111, 114, 124, 161, 188 triplex, 188, 261, 314 venusta, 188, 262, 314 Anisocalyx diaphanus, 277 Antenella, 57, 263, 270 avalonia, 10, 57, 135, 161, 164, 167, 188, 263 compacta, 10, 57, 100, 161, 188 gracilis, 10, 58, 135, 161, 165, 188, 263 secundaria, 58 Antennularia, 27, 58, 108, 170, 263 alternata, 10, 58, 100, 161, 188 compacta, 111, 115, 124, 161, 188 constricta, 188, 263, 267, 316 gracilis, 188, 264, 316 inconstans, 188, 265, 316 inverta, 188, 265, 318 irregularis, 10, 59, 100, 111, 135, 161, 188, 266 mutabilis, 188, 266, 318 parva, 188, 267, 320 polynema, 188, 268, 320 reversa, 111, 115, 124, 161, 188, 269 septata, 111, 116, 126, 161, 188, 269, 322 tetraseriata, 10, 59, 102, 107, 111, 116, 126, 135, 161, 188, 269 Atractylidae, 6, 16, 109, 131, 162, 191, 193 Atractylis repens, 17 Balea, 13 irregularis, 7, 13, 76, 157, 166, 182 mirabilis, 13 Bimeria, 16, 193 franciscana, 182, 193 gracilis, 7, 16, 109, 131, 157, 163, 166, 182, 193 laxa, 7, 16, 78, 157, 166, 182 pusilla, 182, 194 pygmaea, 7, 16, 78, 157, 182 robusta, 182, 194 tenella, 7, 16, 109, 157, 163, 166, 182, 194 vestita, 7, 17, 131, 157, 165, 182 Bonneviella, 27 minor, 8, 27, 88, 158, 166, 183 regia, 27 Bonneviellidae, 6, 27, 162, 191 Bougainvillia, 17, 194 crassa, 7, 17, 80, 131, 157, 182, 194 glorietta, 182, 194 Calycella, 216 fastigiata, 219 producta, 40, 219 syringa, 185, 216 Calyptoblastea, 27, 202 Campalecium, 219 medusiferum, 185, 219 Campanularia, 27, 202 altitheca, 183, 202, 296 attenuata, 29 caliculata, 136 castellata, 183, 202 compressa, 211 coronata, 30 £337 | 338 denticulata, 183, 203 diversa, 183, 203, 204, 296 edwardsi, 30, 206 emarginata, 8, 27, 88, 109, 158, 183, 204 everta, 34, 211 exigua, 183, 204 flexuosa, 8, 158, 165, 183, 202 gelatinosa, 203, 204 gracilicaulis, 8, 27, 88, 158, 166, 183 gracillima, 230 hesperia, 208 hincksi, 8, 28, 109, 132, 158, 163, 166, 183, 204 humilis, 40, 217 integra, 183, 204 johnstoni, 32, 208 kincaidi, 32, 209 minuta, 209 mutabilis, 47, 228 noliformis, 209 obliqua, 155, 183, 205 obtusidens, 38 pedunculata, 39 raridentata, 33, 210 ritteri, 183, 205 serpens, 47, 229 urceolata, 8, 28, 109, 132, 158, 163, 183, 205 volubilis, 8, 28, 158, 163, 166, 183 Campanularidae, 6, 27, 109, 132, 162, 191, 202 Campanulina, 39, 216 denticulata, 155 forskalea, 109, 159, 163, 185 indivisa, 185, 216, 298 ramosa, 9, 39, 92, 159, 233, 166, 185 i rugosa, 185, 217 Campanulinidae, 6, 39, 109, 133, 162, 191, 216 Cladocarpus, 60, 223, 269, 270, 271 distomus, 156, 271 gracilis, 188, 269, 322 moderatus, 188, 270, 271, 322 pinguis, 188, 271, 272, 322, 324 tortus, 10, 60, 102, 161, 188 vancouverensis, 188, 270, 272, 273 Cladocoryne, 25 pelagica, 8, 25, 158, 165, 183 Cladocorynidae, 6, 25, 162, 191 Clava, 11 parva 7, 11, 76, 157, 182 Clavidae, 6, 11, 131, 162, 191, 192 Clytia, 28, 206 acutidentata, 8, 28, 88, 109, 158, 166, 183, 206 attenuata, 8, 29, 158, 163, 166, 183 INDEX bakeri, 132, 136, 158, 163, 183, 206 carinadentata, 8, 29, 88, 158, 166, 184 coronata, 8, 30, 132, 158, 165, 184 cylindrica, 8, 30, 132, 158, 163, 166, 184, 206, 207 edwardsi, 8, 30, 109, 158, 163, 166, 184, 206 exilis, 184, 207, 298 fascicularis, 8, 30, 88, 132, 158, 163, 166, 184, 208 hesperia, 184, 208 inconspicua, 8, 31, 158, 163, 184, 208 irregularis, 8, 31, 90, 109, 132, 158, 184, 208 johnstoni, 8, 32, 158, 163, 184, 208 kincaidi, 8, 32, 109, 158, 163, 166, 184, 209 longicyatha, 8, 32, 158, 165, 184, 209 longitheca, 8, 32, 158, 163, 184, 209 macrocarpa, 132, 138, 148, 158, 184, 207 minuta, 184, 209 multidentata, 8, 32, 90, 158, 184 noliformis, 184, 209 raridentata, 8, 33, 90, 158, 163, 184, 210 seriata, 8, 33, 90, 132, 158, 184, 210 universitatis, 109, 132, 158, 163, 184, 210 Corallina setacea, 66, 287 Cordylophora lacustris, 180 Corydendrium, 11, 192 flabellatum, 7, 11, 76, 157, 182 fruticosum, 182, 192 Coryne, 13, 192 corrugata, 182, 192 crassa, 14 mirabilis, 15, 193 pusilla, 7, 13, 157, 165, 182 repens, 7, 13, 76, 157, 166, 182 Corynidae, 6, 13, 162, 191, 192 Corynitis, 14 agassiziil, 7, 14, 157, 165, 166, 182 Cryptolaria conferta, 228 pulchella, 136 Cuspidella, 40, 217 grandis, 185, 217 humilis, 9, 40, 159, 163, 185, 217 Desmoscyphus dalmasi, 247 gracilis, 249 inflatus, 249 Diphasia, 50, 238 kincaidi, 186, 238 mirabilis, 240 paarmani, 9, 50, 160, 165, 167, 186 | INDEX Diplocheilus, 60, 273 allmani, 10, 60, 161, 164, 188, 273 Distribution of the hydroids in the col- lections of the Allan Hancock Expeditions, 155 Dynamena cornicina, 54, 247 crisioides, 250 tubuliformis, 56, 250 Ectopleura, 201 grandis, 201 media, 183, 201, 294 Egmundella, 217 gracilis, 40, 185, 217, 218 grandis, 218 polynema, 185, 218, 300 Endothecium, 41, 220 paucinodum, 185, 220 reduplicatum, 9, 41, 159, 170, 185, 220 Eucope articulata, 36 Eucopella, 34, 211 caliculata, 132, 136, 158, 163, 184 compressa, 184, 211 everta, 8, 34, 132, 158, 163, 184, 211 minor, 8, 34, 90, 158, 184, 211 Eucryptolaria, 140 pinnata, 134, 140, 150, 159, 167, 186 Eudendridae, 6, 18, 109, 132, 162, 191, 196 Eudendrium, 18, 196 album, 182, 196 attenuatum, 182, 196 breve, 7, 18, 80, 157, 166, 182, 196 californicum, 182, 197 capillare, 7, 18, 157, 163, 182, 197 carneum, 7, 19, 157, 165, 166, 182, 197 certicaule, 7, 19, 80, 157, 166, 182, 197 cochleatum, 182, 197 exiguum, 7, 19, 157, 165, 182, 197 eximium, 183, 198 nodosum, 7, 19, 82, 157, 183 rameum, 183, 198 ramosum, 7, 20, 109, 157, 163, 166, 183, 198 repens, 17, 195 sp., 155 tenellum, 7, 18, 20, 109, 132, 157, 163, 166, 183, 198 tenue, 7, 20, 109, 132, 157, 165, 166, 183, 199 Eugemmaria, 11, 14 dendritica, 7, 14, 78, 157, 182 Filellum, 47, 229 serpens, 9, 47, 110, 134, 160, 163, 167, 186, 229 339 Garveia, 195 annulata, 182, 195 formosa, 182, 195 groenlandica, 182, 195 Gemmaria, 11, 14, 15 costatay 7, 15, 157, 165 gemmosa, 7, 14, 15, 157, 165, 166 Globiceps tiarella, 200 Gonothyraea, 34, 211 clarki, 8, 34, 158, 163, 184, 211 gracilis; 8, 35; 109, 132) 15855163; 166, 184, 212 inornata, 184, 212 serialis, 8, 35, 90, 133, 158, 184, 212 Gymnoblastea, 11, 192 Halecidae, 6, 41, 110, 133, 162, 191, 219 Halecium, 41, 43, 220, 222 annulatum, 185, 220 argenteum, 155 articulosum, 9, 41, 44, 159, 163, 185, 220 beani, 9, 41, 110, 133, 159, 163, 166, 185, 221 bermudense, 9, 41, 159, 165, 166, 185, 221 corrugatum, 9, 41, 159, 163, 185, 221 densum, 185, 222 exiguum, 185, 222, 300 fasciculatum, 9, 42, 94, 159, 166, 185, 222 flabellatum, 9, 42, 159, 185 flexile, 185, 222 flexum, 185, 223, 300 geniculatum, 45, 226 gracile, 9, 42, 110, 155, 156, 159, 165, 185 halecinum, 9, 42, 133, 159, 163, 185, 223 229 insolens, 9, 43, 94, 133, 159, 185, 223 kofoidi, 185, 224 labrosum, 185, 224 macrocephalum, 185, 224 muricatum, 185, 223, 224 nanum, 9, 43, 110, 133, 159, 165, 185 parvulum, 110, 159, 163, 185, 224 plumularoides, 286 pygmaeum, 185, 224 regulare, 9, 43, 94, 133, 159, 185, 225, 300 telescopicum, 185, 225 tenellum, 9, 44, 45, 110, 133, 159, 163, 166, 186, 225 tenue, 133, 139, 150, 159, 166, 186, 225 340 tortum, 9, 44, 94, 133, 159, 186 vagans, 9, 44, 94, 159, 186, 225 washingtoni, 9, 45, 133, 159, 163, 166, 186, 226 wilsoni, 186, 226 Halicornaria producta, 273 Hebella, 46, 140, 227 calcarata, 9, 46, 110, 159, 165, 227 Hebellidae, 6, 46, 110, 133, 162, 191, 227 Hippurella longicarpa, 135, 136, 161, 165, 167, 188 Hydractinia, 21, 199 armata, 183, 199 carolinae, 7, 21; 157, 165, 183 disjuncta, 7, 21, 82, 157, 183 echinata, 200 epispongia, 7, 21, 82, 157, 183 hancocki, 7, 22, 82, 157, 166, 183 longispina, 7, 22, 82, 132, 157, 166, 183 milleri, 183, 199 multispina, 7, 23, 82, 132, 157, 166, 183, 199 polycarpa, 7, 23, 84, 157, 183, 199 prolifica, 183, 200, 294 quadrigemina, 7, 24, 84, 157, 183 rugosa, 132, 137, 148, 157, 183 Hydractinidae, 6, 21, 132, 162, 191, 199 Hydrallmania, 239 distans, 186, 239 Hydroids of the 1934 Allan Hancock Pacific Expedition, 1 Hydroids of the 1936 and 1937 Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions, 107 Hydroids of the 1932, 1933, 1935, and 1938 Allan Hancock Pacific Ex- peditions, 129 Hydroids of.the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions since March, 1938, 179 Lafoea, 47, 229, 231 calcarata, 46, 227 convallaria, 155, 232 dumosa, 110, 160, 163, 186, 229 fruticosa, 48, 186, 230, 231, 232 gracillima, 48, 155, 186, 230 intermedia, 9, 47, 48, 96, 134, 160, 167, 186, 231 regia, 186, 231, 302 tenellula, 186, 232 Lafoeidae, 6, 47, 110, 134, 162, 191, 228 Laomedea exigua, 204 gracilis, 35, 212 Laomedea (Gonothyraea) clarki, 34, 211 Lictorella, 48, 232, 234 adhaerens, 9, 48, 96, 160, 167, 186, 232 INDEX cervicornis, 9, 48, 134, 160, 164, 167, 169, 232 convallaria, 186, 232, 233 geniculata, 155 gracillima, 234 reflexa, 186, 233, 234, 302 rigida, 186, 233, 302, 304 Lovenella, 40, 218 nodosa, 9, 40, 92, 133, 159, 185, 218 producta, 9, 40, 109, 159, 163, 185, 219 rugosa, 133, 138, 148, 159, 185, 219 Lytocarpus, 35, 61, 273 philippinus, 10, 61, 111, 135, 139, 156, 161, 165, 167, 188, 273 Monostaechas, 61, 274 quadridens, 10, 61, 111, 135, 161, 165, 167, 188, 274 Monotheca margaretta, 66, 282 Nemertesia disticha, 59 Obelia, 35, 212 alternata, 8, 35, 90, 159, 166, 184, 212 articulata, 8, 36, 159, 165, 166, 184 biserialis, 184, 213, 298 castellata, 155, 184, 213 commissuralis, 8, 36, 133, 159, 163, 184, 213 corona, 184, 214 dichotoma, 8, 36, 37, 133, 159, 163, 166, 184, 214 dubia, 184, 214 equilateralis, 8, 36, 92, 159, 184, 214 geniculata, 8, 37, 133, 159, 163, 166, 184, 214 gracilis, 184, 215 griffini, 184, 215 hyalina, 8, 37, 133, 159, 165, 184, 215 longicyatha, 32, 209 longissima, 184, 215 microtheca, 8, 37, 92, 133, 159, 184 obtusidens, 5, 8, 38, 92, 159, 184 plicata, 8, 38, 109, 159, 163, 166, 185, 213, 215 Sp:,, 155 striata, 155 surcularis, 185, 216 tenuis, 8, 38, 92, 133, 159, 166, 185 Oceania nutricula, 12, 192 Ophiodes corrugatum, 226 Ophiodissa, 45, 226 alternata, 133, 139, 150, 159, 186, 222, 226 corrugata, 186, 226 expansa, 186, 227, 300 laxa, 9, 45, 94, 133, 159, 186, 227 negligens, 9, 46, 96, 159, 186 > oe .e . % $$ ee INDEX Parypha crocea, 26, 201 Pasya, 11, 50, 239 quadridentata, 9, 50, 110, 134, 160, 165, 167, 186, 239 Pasythea, 11, 50 quadridentata, 50, 239 Pennaria, 25, 200 pacifica, 155 tiarella, 8, 25, 132, 158, 163, 166, 183, 200 Pennaridae, 6, 25, 132, 162 191, 200 Perigonimus, 17, 18, 137, 195 formosus, 195 gracilis, 131, 137, 148, 157, 182 FEPENS; 97,1175) 151 575) Lod, LOS; 166, 182, 195 robustus, 7, 17, 80, 131, 137, 148, 157, 182, 196 serpens, 182, 196 sp., 137 Plumularia, 61, 269, 270, 274, 284 acutifrons, 10, 61, 102, 161, 188, 274 adjecta, 188, 274, 284, 285, 324 alicia, 10, 62, 161, 164, 188, 275 alternata, 10, 62, 102, 135, 161, 165, 167 altitheca, 188, 276 attenuata, 107, 108, 111, 161, 165, 189, 276 biarmata, 10, 63, 102, 161, 189, 276 corrugata, 10, 63, 111, 136, 161, 164, 167, 189, 269, 275, 276, 284 defecta, 10, 63, 104, 161, 189, 276 delicata, 10, 64, 161, 167, 169, 189 diaphana, 189, 277 exilis, 189, 277, 326 filicula, 10, 64, 161, 165, 167, 189 flabellum, 284 floridana, 10, 64, 161, 165, 167, 189, 278 goodei, 189, 278 helleri, 156 inermis, 10, 64, 104, 161, 165, 167, 189, 278 insolens, 189, 278, 279, 326 integra, 189, 279, 328 irregularis, 189, 280, 328 lagenifera, 10, 65, 111, 161, 164, 167, 189, 269, 281 magellanica, 5, 10, 65, 104, 136, 161, 167, 189 margaretta, 10, 66, 136, 161, 165, 189, 282 megalocephala, 189, 282 meganema, 189, 282, 328 micronema, 136, 142, 152, 161, 189, 283 341 mobilis, 189, 283, 330 multiramosa, 189, 283, 284, 330 mutabilis, 189, 285, 332 oligopyxis, 156 parva, 189, 285, 332 plumularoides, 189, 286 polynema, 288 propinqua, 10, 66, 104, 136, 161, 189, 286 quadridens, 61, 274 reversa, 189, 286, 334 septata, 136, 143, 152, 161, 189, 279, 286, 287 setacea, 10, 66, 111, 136, 161, 164, 1675, 189% 279502805" 286) 287, sinuosa, 10, 67, 104, 136, 161, 167, 189, 287, 334 struthionides, 260 tenella, 67, 288 tenuissima, 111, 117, 126, 136, 161, 167, 189, 277 venusta, 189, 288, 334 Plumularidae, 6, 56, 111, 135, 162, 191, 252 Podocoryne, 24 reticulata, 8, 24, 84, 157, 183 Sargassum, 34, 55, 64 Scandia, 46, 140, 228 corrugata, 9, 46, 96, 110, 133, 159, 228 expansa, 133, 140, 150, 159, 228 mutabilis, 9, 47, 110, 133, 159, 165, 167, 228 Schizotricha, 67, 288 tenella, 10, 67, 161, 165, 189, 288 Selaginopsis, 6, 239 constans, 186, 239, 304 cylindrica, 240 mirabilis, 186, 240 pinnata, 240 trilateralis, 186, 240 triserialis, 187, 240 Sertularella, 51, 156, 170, 227, 240 amphorifera, 187, 240 ampulacea, 9, 51, 98, 110, 134, 160, 187 clausa, 134, 136, 141, 150, 160, 187, 241 conica, 9, 51, 134, 160, 164, 167, 187, 241, 244, 245 cylindrica, 234 erecta, 134, 141, 152, 160, 167, 187, 241 exilis, 9, 51, 98, 160, 187, 241 formosa, 9, 52, 134, 160, 165, 187, 241 342 fusiformis, 9, 52, 160, 164, 167, 187, 242 incisa, 9, 52, 98, 160, 187 multinoda, 187, 242, 306 ornata, 245 pedrensis, 110, 160, 164, 187, 243 pinnata, 242 quadrifida, 142 rugosa, 9, 52, 134, 160, 164, 167, 187, 244 similis, 187, 244, 245, 306 sinuosa, 187, 245, 306 tenella, 9, 53, 134, 160, 164, 167, 187, 246 tricuspidata, 187, 227, 245, 246 tropica, 156 turgida, 9, 53, 160, 164, 187, 245, 246 Sertularia, 6, 53, 170, 247 abietina, 235 anceps, 10, 53, 100, 135, 160, 167, 187 anguina, 236 clausa, 141 cornicina, 10, 54, 110, 135, 160, 165, 167, 187, 247 dalmasi, 187, 247 desmoides, 10, 54, 110, 160, 164, 167, 187, 247 desmoidis, 247 dichotoma, 36, 214 dispar, 10, 54, 100, 135, 160, 187 distans, 249 dumosa, 229 exigua, 10, 54, 135, 160, 165, 187, 248 fabricii, 251 furcata, 10, 55, 110, 135, 160, 164, 187, 248 fusiformis, 52, 242 geniculata, 37, 214 greenei, 237 halecina, 42, 223 inflata, 187, 249 longissima, 215 mayeri, 10, 55, 160, 165, 187, 249 muricata, 224 operculata, 135, 136, 160, 165, 187, 249 pluma, 260 pourtalesi, 187, 249 quadridentata, 50, 239 rathbuni, 247 rugosa, 52, 244 similis, 251 INDEX stabilis, 187, 249, 308 stookeyi, 10, 55, 135, 160, 165, 167, 187, 250 syringa, 216 tenella, 53, 246 traski, 238 tricuspidata, 246 turgida, 53, 246 versluysi, 10, 55, 160, 165, 167, 249 volubilis, 28 Sertularidae, 6, 50, 110, 134, 162, 191, 235 Silicularia, 39 divergens, 39 pedunculata, 5, 9, 39, 159, 185 Stegopoma, 219 fastigiata, 185, 219 Streptocaulus, 67, 239 pulcherrimus, 10, 67, 136, 161, 165, 167, 170, 189, 289 Syncoryne, 15, 193 flexibilis, 7, 15, 78, 157, 182 mirabilis, 7, 15, 157 163, 166, 182, 193 Synthecidae, 6, 49, 134, 162, 191, 234 Synthecium, 46, 49, 234, 245 cylindricum, 186, 234 gracile, 9, 49, 134, 160, 165, 186 projectum, 9, 49, 96, 134, 160, 186, 235 rigidum, 9, 49, 96, 134, 160, 186, 235 symmetricum, 9, 50, 98, 134, 160, 186, 235 Thaumantias inconspicua, 31, 208 Thoa beani, 41, 221 Thuiaria, 6, 55, 250 crisioides, 187, 250 elegans, 238 fabricii, 187, 251 insociabilis, 187, 251, 308 kincaidi, 238 sertularioides, 247 similis, 187, 251 simplex, 10, 100, 135, 160, 187, 251 tubuliformis, 10, 56, 135, 156, 160, 165, 167, 250 Thyroscyphys, 219 intermedius, 185, 219 Tubiclava, 12, 192 laxa, 7, 12, 76, 157, 182, 192 triserialis, 7, 12, 76, 157, 182, 192 Tubidendridae, 6, 13, 162, 191 INDEX 343 Tubularia, 25, 201 Tubularidae, 6, 25, 162, 191, 201 crocea, 8, 26, 158, 163, 166, 183, 201 Turritopsis, 12, 192 integra, 8, 26, 84, 158, 166, 183 nutricula, 7, 12, 131, 157, 163, 166, marina, 183, 201 182, 192 multidentata, 86 Zanclea costata, 15, 182 multitentaculata, 8, 26, 158, 178, gemmosa, 182 183 protecta, 15, 156 ramosa, 20, 198 Zygophylax chazaliei, 156 SPi8)) 25s 108 rigida, 234 Abu. iF ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 4 NUMBER Ii HYDROIDS OF THE 1934 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITION BY C. McLEAN FRASER THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1938 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 4 NUMBER 2 HYDROIDS OF THE 1936 AND 1937 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS by ne DRA ~. ra N > £9, ty “Sy ma C. McLEAN FRASER Te Ray) THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1938 eee IN ~ ss — —— ee ee ee ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 4 NUMBER 3 HYDROIDS OF THE 1932, 1933, 1935, and 1938 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS by C. McLEAN FRASER THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1938 AP IISEEs er oe, Ts 5 a wares ve > Se = ea ty —— ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 4 NUMBER 4 DISTRIBUTION OF THE: HYDROIDS IN THE COLLECTIONS OF THE ALLAN HANCOCK EXPEDITIONS BY C. McLEAN FRASER TEL AN “ (* ‘ia “gs 2) ae {LIBRARY} > THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1939 Pn. agel imo = . ene) aa : - 244 te , “ > — . 3 + ~ << e oind * ‘ wet = ie) ; , dort — oa a eS ne ae % : j , 4 “ sn ne my es “a ee abs ioe - = a SPACI Seegeeom es Sie: | eae ta | s % : hon! - . " t - ~~ > mal a % — é . - = 2 - - . . . i - ’ , - — “ —— = = : o . : ' ALEAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 4 NUMBER 5 HYDROIDS OF THE ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS SINCE MARCH, 1938 (PLATES 22-42) BY C. McLEAN FRASER THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1948 te Eee nih I AVA ay ) i hi PP 9 oN 8 ce tne aU SAK A * ay homies mint PPTL CGY iE OFT u-cere Woe BAT gray FUORI ag ariee espera y pipette tt re TS A NEN